TW202208473A - Resin composition comprising (A) a polyether ether ketone compound having a maleimide group, (B) an epoxy resin, and (C) an active ester-based curing agent - Google Patents

Resin composition comprising (A) a polyether ether ketone compound having a maleimide group, (B) an epoxy resin, and (C) an active ester-based curing agent Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202208473A
TW202208473A TW110124770A TW110124770A TW202208473A TW 202208473 A TW202208473 A TW 202208473A TW 110124770 A TW110124770 A TW 110124770A TW 110124770 A TW110124770 A TW 110124770A TW 202208473 A TW202208473 A TW 202208473A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
resin composition
resin
component
mass
Prior art date
Application number
TW110124770A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
川合賢司
Original Assignee
日商味之素股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商味之素股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商味之素股份有限公司
Publication of TW202208473A publication Critical patent/TW202208473A/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D163/00Coating compositions based on epoxy resins; Coating compositions based on derivatives of epoxy resins
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L71/00Compositions of polyethers obtained by reactions forming an ether link in the main chain; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • C08L71/08Polyethers derived from hydroxy compounds or from their metallic derivatives
    • C08L71/10Polyethers derived from hydroxy compounds or from their metallic derivatives from phenols
    • C08L71/12Polyphenylene oxides
    • C08L71/126Polyphenylene oxides modified by chemical after-treatment
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G59/00Polycondensates containing more than one epoxy group per molecule; Macromolecules obtained by polymerising compounds containing more than one epoxy group per molecule using curing agents or catalysts which react with the epoxy groups
    • C08G59/18Macromolecules obtained by polymerising compounds containing more than one epoxy group per molecule using curing agents or catalysts which react with the epoxy groups ; e.g. general methods of curing
    • C08G59/40Macromolecules obtained by polymerising compounds containing more than one epoxy group per molecule using curing agents or catalysts which react with the epoxy groups ; e.g. general methods of curing characterised by the curing agents used
    • C08G59/42Polycarboxylic acids; Anhydrides, halides or low molecular weight esters thereof
    • C08G59/4246Polycarboxylic acids; Anhydrides, halides or low molecular weight esters thereof polymers with carboxylic terminal groups
    • C08G59/4261Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions involving only unsaturated carbon-to-carbon bindings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L35/00Compositions of homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by a carboxyl radical, and containing at least one other carboxyl radical in the molecule, or of salts, anhydrides, esters, amides, imides or nitriles thereof; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • C08L35/06Copolymers with vinyl aromatic monomers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L63/00Compositions of epoxy resins; Compositions of derivatives of epoxy resins
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D7/00Features of coating compositions, not provided for in group C09D5/00; Processes for incorporating ingredients in coating compositions
    • C09D7/40Additives
    • C09D7/60Additives non-macromolecular
    • C09D7/61Additives non-macromolecular inorganic
    • C09D7/62Additives non-macromolecular inorganic modified by treatment with other compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D7/00Features of coating compositions, not provided for in group C09D5/00; Processes for incorporating ingredients in coating compositions
    • C09D7/40Additives
    • C09D7/70Additives characterised by shape, e.g. fibres, flakes or microspheres
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K1/00Printed circuits
    • H05K1/02Details
    • H05K1/03Use of materials for the substrate
    • H05K1/0313Organic insulating material
    • H05K1/0353Organic insulating material consisting of two or more materials, e.g. two or more polymers, polymer + filler, + reinforcement
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K1/00Printed circuits
    • H05K1/02Details
    • H05K1/03Use of materials for the substrate
    • H05K1/0313Organic insulating material
    • H05K1/0353Organic insulating material consisting of two or more materials, e.g. two or more polymers, polymer + filler, + reinforcement
    • H05K1/0373Organic insulating material consisting of two or more materials, e.g. two or more polymers, polymer + filler, + reinforcement containing additives, e.g. fillers

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)
  • Polyethers (AREA)
  • Epoxy Resins (AREA)

Abstract

To provide a resin composition or the like which is capable of obtaining a cured product having low dielectric properties, excellent peel strength even if the surface roughness becomes small, and a high glass transition temperature. A resin composition comprises (A) a polyether ether ketone compound having a maleimide group, (B) an epoxy resin, and (C) an active ester-based curing agent.

Description

樹脂組成物resin composition

本發明係關於樹脂組成物。進而,本發明係關於使用該樹脂組成物而得之樹脂薄片、印刷配線板及半導體裝置。The present invention relates to resin compositions. Furthermore, the present invention relates to a resin sheet, a printed wiring board, and a semiconductor device obtained by using the resin composition.

作為印刷配線板之製造技術,已知藉由將絕緣層與導體層交互堆疊的堆積方式的製造方法。藉由堆積方式的製造方法中,一般而言,絕緣層,係使樹脂組成物硬化而形成。作為如此之樹脂組成物,已知例如專利文獻1中揭示的樹脂組成物。 [先前技術文獻] [專利文獻]As a manufacturing technique of a printed wiring board, the manufacturing method by the stacking system which mutually stacks an insulating layer and a conductor layer is known. In the manufacturing method by the deposition method, generally, the insulating layer is formed by curing the resin composition. As such a resin composition, the resin composition disclosed by patent document 1 is known, for example. [Prior Art Literature] [Patent Literature]

[專利文獻1]日本特開2019-066792號公報[Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2019-066792

[發明所欲解決之課題][The problem to be solved by the invention]

藉由將樹脂組成物硬化而形成之硬化物,可作為半導體裝置之印刷配線板的絕緣層來使用。因此,謀求使該硬化物之介電特性(介電常數及介電損耗角正切)降低。又,此硬化物所形成之絕緣層,以絕緣層表面的粗度即使變小與導體層之間的剝離強度亦優異,為了耐熱性優異而玻璃轉移溫度高為宜。The cured product formed by curing the resin composition can be used as an insulating layer of a printed wiring board of a semiconductor device. Therefore, it is sought to reduce the dielectric properties (dielectric constant and dielectric loss tangent) of the cured product. In addition, the insulating layer formed by the cured product has excellent peel strength between the insulating layer and the conductor layer even if the surface roughness of the insulating layer is reduced, and the glass transition temperature is preferably high in order to be excellent in heat resistance.

本發明為鑑於前述課題所創造,其目的在於提供一種樹脂組成物,其可獲得介電特性低,即使表面粗度變小剝離強度亦優異,及玻璃轉移溫度高的硬化物;一種樹脂薄片,其具備包含前述樹脂組成物之樹脂組成物層;一種印刷配線板,其包含以前述樹脂組成物之硬化物而形成之絕緣層;以及一種半導體裝置,其包含前述印刷配線板。 [解決課題之手段]The present invention has been created in view of the aforementioned problems, and its object is to provide a resin composition capable of obtaining a cured product having low dielectric properties, excellent peel strength even if the surface roughness is reduced, and high glass transition temperature; and a resin sheet, It includes a resin composition layer including the resin composition; a printed wiring board including an insulating layer formed of a cured product of the resin composition; and a semiconductor device including the printed wiring board. [Means of Solving Problems]

本發明者為了解決前述課題進行深入研究的結果,本發明者發現藉由使用(A)具有馬來醯亞胺基之聚醚醚酮化合物、(B)環氧樹脂及(C)活性酯系硬化劑而可解決前述課題,而完成本發明。As a result of intensive research to solve the above-mentioned problems, the present inventors found that by using (A) a polyether ether ketone compound having a maleimide group, (B) an epoxy resin, and (C) an active ester system The above-mentioned problems can be solved by a curing agent, and the present invention has been completed.

即,本發明包含以下者。 [1] 一種樹脂組成物,其包含(A)具有馬來醯亞胺基之聚醚醚酮化合物、 (B)環氧樹脂,及 (C)活性酯系硬化劑。 [2] 如[1]中記載之樹脂組成物,其中(A)成分之數平均分子量為10000以下。 [3] 如[1]或[2]中記載之樹脂組成物,其中(A)成分於末端具有馬來醯亞胺基。 [4] 如[1]~[3]中任一項記載之樹脂組成物,其中將樹脂組成物中之樹脂成分定為100質量%時,(A)成分之含量為5質量%以上60質量%以下。 [5] 如[1]~[4]中任一項記載之樹脂組成物,其中(B)成分包含萘酚型環氧樹脂。 [6] 如[1]~[5]中任一項記載之樹脂組成物,其中(C)成分係選自二環戊二烯型活性酯系硬化劑及萘型活性酯系硬化劑中之1種以上。 [7] 如[1]~[6]中任一項記載之樹脂組成物,其中進而包含(D)具有聚合性不飽和基之樹脂。 [8] 如[7]中記載之樹脂組成物,其中(D)成分為含有馬來醯亞胺基及芳香環之樹脂。 [9] 如[1]~[8]中任一項記載之樹脂組成物,其中進而包含(E)無機填充材。 [10] 如[9]中記載之樹脂組成物,其中將樹脂組成物中之不揮發成分定為100質量%時,(E)成分之含量為40質量%以上65質量%以下。 [11] 如[1]~[10]中任一項記載之樹脂組成物,其係絕緣層形成用。 [12] 如[1]~[11]中任一項記載之樹脂組成物,其係絕緣層形成用,該絕緣層為用以形成導體層之絕緣層。 [13] 一種樹脂薄片,其包含支撐體,與設置於該支撐體上之樹脂組成物層,該樹脂組成物層包含如[1]~[12]中任一項記載之樹脂組成物。 [14] 一種印刷配線板,其包含藉由如[1]~[12]中任一項記載之樹脂組成物的硬化物而形成之絕緣層。 [15] 一種半導體裝置,其包含如[14]中記載之印刷配線板。 [發明效果]That is, the present invention includes the following. [1] A resin composition comprising (A) a polyether ether ketone compound having a maleimide group, (B) epoxy resin, and (C) Active ester type hardener. [2] The resin composition according to [1], wherein the number-average molecular weight of the component (A) is 10,000 or less. [3] The resin composition according to [1] or [2], wherein the component (A) has a maleimide group at the terminal. [4] The resin composition according to any one of [1] to [3], wherein the content of the (A) component is 5 mass % or more and 60 mass % when the resin component in the resin composition is set at 100 mass % %the following. [5] The resin composition according to any one of [1] to [4], wherein the component (B) contains a naphthol-type epoxy resin. [6] The resin composition according to any one of [1] to [5], wherein the component (C) is selected from the group consisting of dicyclopentadiene-type active ester-based hardeners and naphthalene-type active ester-based hardeners 1 or more. [7] The resin composition according to any one of [1] to [6], further comprising (D) a resin having a polymerizable unsaturated group. [8] The resin composition according to [7], wherein the component (D) is a resin containing a maleimide group and an aromatic ring. [9] The resin composition according to any one of [1] to [8], further comprising (E) an inorganic filler. [10] The resin composition according to [9], wherein the content of the (E) component is 40 mass % or more and 65 mass % or less when the non-volatile content in the resin composition is 100 mass %. [11] The resin composition according to any one of [1] to [10], which is for forming an insulating layer. [12] The resin composition according to any one of [1] to [11], which is for forming an insulating layer, and the insulating layer is an insulating layer for forming a conductor layer. [13] A resin sheet comprising a support, and a resin composition layer disposed on the support, the resin composition layer comprising the resin composition according to any one of [1] to [12]. [14] A printed wiring board comprising an insulating layer formed of a cured product of the resin composition according to any one of [1] to [12]. [15] A semiconductor device comprising the printed wiring board as described in [14]. [Inventive effect]

若依據本發明,可提供一種樹脂組成物,其可獲得介電特性低,即使表面粗度變小剝離強度亦優異,及玻璃轉移溫度高的硬化物;一種樹脂薄片,其具備包含前述樹脂組成物之樹脂組成物層;一種印刷配線板,其包含以前述樹脂組成物之硬化物而形成之絕緣層;以及一種半導體裝置,其包含前述印刷配線板。According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a resin composition capable of obtaining a cured product having low dielectric properties, excellent peel strength even if the surface roughness is reduced, and high glass transition temperature; and a resin sheet comprising the resin composition described above. A resin composition layer of the object; a printed wiring board including an insulating layer formed of a cured product of the resin composition; and a semiconductor device including the printed wiring board.

以下,顯示實施形態及例示物來說明本發明。惟,本發明不限定於下述所示之實施形態及例示物,在不脫離本發明之申請專利範圍及其均等範圍的範圍內可任意地變更來實施。Hereinafter, the present invention will be described by showing embodiments and examples. However, the present invention is not limited to the embodiments and examples shown below, and can be implemented with arbitrary modifications within the scope of the claims of the present invention and their equivalents.

[樹脂組成物] 本發明之樹脂組成物,包含(A)具有馬來醯亞胺基之聚醚醚酮化合物、(B)環氧樹脂及(C)活性酯系硬化劑。依據如此之樹脂組成物,可獲得介電特性低,即使表面粗度變小剝離強度亦優異,及玻璃轉移溫度高的硬化物。[resin composition] The resin composition of the present invention includes (A) a polyether ether ketone compound having a maleimide group, (B) an epoxy resin, and (C) an active ester-based hardener. According to such a resin composition, it is possible to obtain a cured product having low dielectric properties, excellent peel strength even if the surface roughness is small, and high glass transition temperature.

樹脂組成物,進一步視需要,亦可包含(D)含有自由基聚合性不飽和基之樹脂、(E)無機填充材、(F)硬化劑、(G)硬化促進劑,及(H)其他添加劑等之任意的成分。The resin composition may further include (D) a resin containing a radically polymerizable unsaturated group, (E) an inorganic filler, (F) a hardener, (G) a hardening accelerator, and (H) others as needed. Arbitrary components such as additives.

<(A)具有馬來醯亞胺基之聚醚醚酮化合物> 樹脂組成物,作為(A)成分,包含具有馬來醯亞胺基之聚醚醚酮化合物。馬來醯亞胺基為下述式(A-1)所示。藉由使樹脂組成物含有(A)成分,而可獲得玻璃轉移溫度高的硬化物。

Figure 02_image001
<(A) The polyether ether ketone compound which has a maleimide group> The resin composition contains the polyether ether ketone compound which has a maleimide group as (A) component. The maleimide group is represented by the following formula (A-1). By making a resin composition contain (A) component, the hardened|cured material with a high glass transition temperature can be obtained.
Figure 02_image001

(A)成分,使用具有馬來醯亞胺基,且具有聚醚醚酮(PEEK)結構之化合物。每1個(A)成分分子,馬來醯亞胺基為具有1個以上較佳,具有2個以上更佳,具有10個以下較佳,具有5個以下更佳,具有3個以下進而佳。馬來醯亞胺基,由獲得介電特性優異之硬化物的觀點來看,以於(A)成分之末端具有馬來醯亞胺基較佳,於兩末端具有馬來醯亞胺基更佳。As the component (A), a compound having a maleimide group and having a polyetheretherketone (PEEK) structure was used. The number of maleimide groups per molecule of component (A) is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, more preferably 10 or less, more preferably 5 or less, still more preferably 3 or less . From the viewpoint of obtaining a cured product having excellent dielectric properties, the maleimide group preferably has a maleimide group at the end of the component (A), and it is more preferable to have a maleimide group at both ends. good.

(A)成分,具有聚醚醚酮結構。作為聚醚醚酮結構,以具有下述式(A-2)所示之結構較佳。

Figure 02_image003
式(A-2)中,Ar1 、Ar2 、Ar3 、Ar4 及Ar5 ,各自獨立表示2價芳香族烴基。n表示2~50之整數。*表示鍵結處。(A) Component has a polyetheretherketone structure. As a polyetheretherketone structure, it is preferable to have a structure represented by the following formula (A-2).
Figure 02_image003
In formula (A-2), Ar 1 , Ar 2 , Ar 3 , Ar 4 and Ar 5 each independently represent a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group. n represents an integer from 2 to 50. * Indicates the bond.

所謂芳香族烴基,係指包含芳香環之烴基。惟,芳香族烴基,不需要非要僅由芳香環構成,亦可其一部分包含鏈狀結構或脂環式烴基,芳香環可為單環、多環、雜環之任一者。The aromatic hydrocarbon group refers to a hydrocarbon group containing an aromatic ring. However, the aromatic hydrocarbon group does not have to be composed of only an aromatic ring, and a part of the aromatic hydrocarbon group may include a chain structure or an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, and the aromatic ring may be any of a monocyclic ring, a polycyclic ring, and a heterocyclic ring.

作為2價芳香族烴基,可舉例伸芳基、伸芳烷基、具有伸芳基-伸烷基-伸芳基結構的基等。As a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group, an aryl-extended group, an ar-extended alkyl group, a group having an aryl-extended-alkyl-extended-arylene-extended group structure, and the like can be exemplified.

作為伸芳基,以碳原子數6~30之伸芳基較佳,碳原子數6~20之伸芳基更佳,碳原子數6~10之伸芳基進而佳。作為如此之伸芳基,可舉例例如伸苯基、伸萘基、伸蒽基、伸聯苯基等。As the aryl extended group, an extended aryl group with a carbon number of 6 to 30 is preferable, an extended aryl group with a carbon number of 6 to 20 is more preferable, and an extended aryl group with a carbon number of 6 to 10 is even more preferable. As such an aryl-extended group, a phenyl-extended group, a naphthyl-extended group, an anthracenyl-extended group, a biphenyl-extended group, and the like may, for example, be mentioned.

作為伸芳烷基,以碳原子數7~30之伸芳烷基較佳,碳原子數7~20之伸芳烷基更佳,碳原子數7~15之伸芳烷基進而佳。作為如此之伸芳烷基,可舉例伸苯基、具有伸聯苯基-亞甲基結構的基等。As the aralkylene group, an aralkylene group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms is preferred, an aralkylene group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferred, and an aralkylene group having 7 to 15 carbon atoms is even more preferred. As such an aralkylene group, a phenylene group, a group having a biphenylene-methylene structure, and the like can be exemplified.

具有伸芳基-伸烷基-伸芳基結構的基中之伸芳基,與上述伸芳基相同。作為伸烷基,以碳原子數1~10之伸烷基較佳,碳原子數1~6之伸烷基更佳,碳原子數1~3之伸烷基進而佳。作為如此之伸烷基,可舉例例如亞甲基、伸乙基、伸丙基等。又,伸烷基可具有取代基。作為取代基可舉例碳原子數1~3之烷基;氟原子、氯原子、溴原子等之鹵素原子;鹵化烷基等,以碳原子數1~3之烷基、鹵化烷基較佳,甲基、三氟甲基更佳,甲基進而佳。作為如此之具有伸芳基-伸烷基-伸芳基結構的基之具體例,可舉例例如以下之式(1)~(2)所示之結構。其中,以式(1)所示之基較佳。

Figure 02_image005
式中,「*」表示鍵結處。The aryl-extended group in the group having the aryl-extended-alkyl-extended-aryl-extended group structure is the same as the above-mentioned aryl-extended group. As the alkylene group, an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is even more preferable. As such an alkylene group, a methylene group, an ethylidene group, a propylidene group, etc. are mentioned, for example. In addition, the alkylene group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include alkyl groups with 1 to 3 carbon atoms; halogen atoms such as fluorine atoms, chlorine atoms, and bromine atoms; halogenated alkyl groups, etc., and alkyl groups with 1 to 3 carbon atoms and halogenated alkyl groups are preferred. A methyl group and a trifluoromethyl group are more preferable, and a methyl group is even more preferable. As a specific example of the group which has such an aryl-extended-alkyl-extended-aryl-extended group structure, the structures represented by the following formulae (1)-(2) are mentioned, for example. Among them, the base represented by the formula (1) is preferable.
Figure 02_image005
In the formula, "*" represents the bond.

此等之中,作為Ar1 、Ar2 、Ar4 及Ar5 ,以伸芳基,或具有伸芳基-伸烷基-伸芳基結構的基較佳,伸芳基更佳,伸苯基進而佳。作為Ar3 ,以伸芳基,或具有伸芳基-伸烷基-伸芳基結構的基較佳,具有伸芳基-伸烷基-伸芳基結構的基更佳,具有伸苯基-二甲基亞甲基-伸苯基結構的基(式(1)所示之基)進而佳。Among them, as Ar 1 , Ar 2 , Ar 4 and Ar 5 , an aryl group or a group having an aryl group-alkyl group-arylene group structure is preferable, an aryl group is more preferable, and a benzene group is preferable. The base is better. As Ar 3 , an aryl-extended group, or a group having an aryl-extended-alkyl-extended-aryl-extended group structure is preferable, a group having an aryl-extended-alkylene-arylene-extended group structure is more preferable, and a phenyl-extended group is preferable. The group of -dimethylmethylene-phenylene structure (group represented by formula (1)) is more preferable.

n表示2~50之整數,較佳為表示3~40之整數,更佳為表示4~30之整數,進而佳為表示5~20之整數。n represents an integer of 2 to 50, preferably an integer of 3 to 40, more preferably an integer of 4 to 30, and still more preferably an integer of 5 to 20.

作為式(A-2)所示之結構之具體例,雖可舉例例如以下之式(A1)~(A2)所示之結構,但不限定於此等(式中,*表示鍵結處)。

Figure 02_image007
As a specific example of the structure represented by the formula (A-2), the structures represented by the following formulae (A1) to (A2) can be exemplified, but are not limited to these (in the formula, * represents a bond) .
Figure 02_image007

n1及n2,與式(A-2)中之n相同。n1 and n2 are the same as n in formula (A-2).

作為(A)成分,以下述式(A-3)所示之化合物較佳。

Figure 02_image009
式中,D1 及D2 ,各自獨立表示單鍵或2價連結基。Ar11 、Ar12 、Ar14 ,及Ar15 ,各自獨立與式(A-2)中之Ar1 、Ar2 、Ar4 ,及Ar5 相同。Ar13 ,各自獨立與式(A-2)中之Ar3 相同。m與式(A-2)中之n相同。As the component (A), a compound represented by the following formula (A-3) is preferred.
Figure 02_image009
In the formula, D 1 and D 2 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group. Ar 11 , Ar 12 , Ar 14 , and Ar 15 are each independently the same as Ar 1 , Ar 2 , Ar 4 , and Ar 5 in the formula (A-2). Ar 13 , each independently is the same as Ar 3 in formula (A-2). m is the same as n in formula (A-2).

D1 及D2 ,各自獨立表示單鍵或2價連結基。作為2價連結基,可舉例例如2價烴基、2價雜環基、羰基、醚鍵、酯鍵、碳酸酯鍵、醯胺鍵、醯亞胺鍵,及此等連結複數個而成之基等。2價烴基,包含2價脂肪族烴基、2價芳香族烴基。D 1 and D 2 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group. As a divalent linking group, for example, a divalent hydrocarbon group, a divalent heterocyclic group, a carbonyl group, an ether bond, an ester bond, a carbonate bond, an amide bond, an imide bond, and a group in which a plurality of these are connected can be exemplified. Wait. The bivalent hydrocarbon group includes a bivalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group and a bivalent aromatic hydrocarbon group.

作為2價脂肪族烴基,可舉例例如碳數1~18之直鏈狀或支鏈狀之伸烷基,及碳數2~18之直鏈狀或支鏈狀之伸烯基等。作為碳數1~18之直鏈狀或支鏈狀之伸烷基,可舉例例如亞甲基、甲基亞甲基、二甲基亞甲基、伸乙基、伸丙基、三亞甲基等。作為碳數2~18之直鏈狀或支鏈狀之伸烯基,可舉例例如伸乙烯基、1-甲基伸乙烯基、伸丙烯基、1-伸丁烯基、2-伸丁烯基等。Examples of the divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group include linear or branched alkylene groups having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, and linear or branched alkenylene groups having 2 to 18 carbon atoms. Examples of linear or branched alkylene groups having 1 to 18 carbon atoms include methylene, methylmethylene, dimethylmethylene, ethylidene, propylidene, and trimethylene. Wait. Examples of linear or branched alkenylene groups having 2 to 18 carbon atoms include vinylidene groups, 1-methylvinylene groups, propenylene groups, 1-butenylene groups, and 2-butene groups. Base et al.

作為2價脂環式烴基,可舉例碳數3~18之2價脂環式烴基等,可舉例例如1,2-伸環戊基、1,3-伸環戊基、亞環戊基、1,2-伸環己基、1,3-伸環己基、1,4-伸環己基、亞環己基等之伸環烷基(包含亞環烷基)等。Examples of the divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group include a divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms, and examples include 1,2-cyclopentylene, 1,3-cyclopentylene, cyclopentylene, Cycloalkylene (including cycloalkylene) of 1,2-cyclohexylene, 1,3-cyclohexylene, 1,4-cyclohexylene, cyclohexylene and the like.

作為2價芳香族烴基,可舉例例如碳數6~14之伸芳基等,可舉例例如1,2-伸苯基、1,4-伸苯基、1,3-伸苯基、4,4’-伸聯苯基、3,3’-伸聯苯基、2,6-伸萘基、2,7-伸萘基、1,8-伸萘基、伸蒽基等。Examples of the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group include arylidene groups having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, for example, 1,2-phenylene groups, 1,4-phenylene groups, 1,3-phenylene groups, 4,2-phenylene groups, and the like. 4'-biphenylene, 3,3'-biphenylene, 2,6-naphthylene, 2,7-naphthylene, 1,8-naphthylene, anthracenyl, etc.

構成2價雜環基之雜環,包含芳香族雜環及非芳香族雜環。作為雜環,可舉例於構成環之原子具有碳原子與至少1種雜原子的3~10員環及此等之縮合環等。作為雜原子,可舉例例如氧原子、硫原子、氮原子等。雜環以3~10員環較佳,4~6員環更佳。作為構成2價雜環基之雜環,可舉例例如環氧乙烷環等之3員環;氧雜環丁烷環等之4員環;呋喃環、四氫呋喃環、

Figure 110124770-A0304-12-0059-1
唑環、異
Figure 110124770-A0304-12-0059-1
唑環、γ-丁內酯環、噻吩環、噻唑環、異噻唑環、噻二吖唑環、吡咯環、吡咯啶環、吡唑環、咪唑環、三唑環等之5員環;4-側氧基-4H-哌喃環、四氫哌喃環、嗎啉環、4-側氧基-4H-噻喃環、異三聚氰酸環、吡啶環、嗒
Figure 110124770-A0304-12-0000-4
環、嘧啶環、吡
Figure 110124770-A0304-12-0000-4
環、哌啶環、哌
Figure 110124770-A0304-12-0000-4
環等之6員環;3-氧雜三環[4.3.1.14,8 ]十一烷-2-酮環、3-氧雜三環[4.2.1.04,8 ]壬烷-2-酮環等之橋聯環;苯并呋喃環、異苯并呋喃環、4-側氧基-4H-苯并哌喃環、二氫苯并哌喃環、異二氫苯并哌喃環、苯并噻吩環、吲哚環、吲哚啉環、喹啉環、吖啶環、萘啶環、喹唑啉環、嘌呤環等之縮合環等。2價雜環基為自上述雜環之結構式去除2個氫原子而成之基。The heterocyclic ring constituting the divalent heterocyclic group includes an aromatic heterocyclic ring and a non-aromatic heterocyclic ring. Examples of the heterocyclic ring include 3- to 10-membered rings in which atoms constituting the ring have a carbon atom and at least one type of heteroatom, and condensed rings thereof. As a hetero atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom, etc. are mentioned, for example. The heterocyclic ring is preferably a 3-10 membered ring, more preferably a 4-6 membered ring. As the heterocyclic ring constituting the divalent heterocyclic group, for example, a three-membered ring such as an oxirane ring; a four-membered ring such as an oxetane ring; a furan ring, a tetrahydrofuran ring,
Figure 110124770-A0304-12-0059-1
azole ring, iso
Figure 110124770-A0304-12-0059-1
5-membered rings such as azole ring, γ-butyrolactone ring, thiophene ring, thiazole ring, isothiazole ring, thiadiazazole ring, pyrrole ring, pyrrolidine ring, pyrazole ring, imidazole ring, triazole ring, etc.; 4 -Pendant oxy-4H-pyran ring, tetrahydropyran ring, morpholine ring, 4-side oxy-4H-thiopyran ring, isocyanuric acid ring, pyridine ring, pyridine ring
Figure 110124770-A0304-12-0000-4
ring, pyrimidine ring, pyridine
Figure 110124770-A0304-12-0000-4
ring, piperidine ring, piperidine
Figure 110124770-A0304-12-0000-4
6- membered ring, etc .; Bridged rings of rings, etc.; benzofuran ring, isobenzofuran ring, 4-oxy-4H-benzopyran ring, dihydrobenzopyran ring, isodihydrobenzopyran ring, benzene Condensed rings of thiophene ring, indole ring, indoline ring, quinoline ring, acridine ring, naphthyridine ring, quinazoline ring, purine ring, etc. The divalent heterocyclic group is a group obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms from the structural formula of the above-mentioned heterocyclic ring.

其中,作為D1 及D2 ,由顯著獲得本發明效果之觀點來看,以表示2價芳香族烴基較佳,表示碳數6~16之伸芳基更佳,表示1,2-伸苯基、1,4-伸苯基、1,3-伸苯基、4,4’-伸聯苯基、3,3’-伸聯苯基、2,6-伸萘基、2,7-伸萘基、1,8-伸萘基,或伸蒽基進而佳,表示1,2-伸苯基、1,4-伸苯基,或1,3-伸苯基特佳。Among them, D 1 and D 2 are preferred to represent a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group from the viewpoint of significantly obtaining the effects of the present invention, more preferred to represent an aryl extended group having 6 to 16 carbon atoms, and to represent a 1,2-phenylene extended group base, 1,4-phenylene, 1,3-phenylene, 4,4'-biphenylene, 3,3'-biphenylene, 2,6-naphthylene, 2,7- Naphthylene, 1,8-naphthylene, or anthracylene are more preferred, and 1,2-phenylene, 1,4-phenylene, or 1,3-phenylene are particularly preferred.

作為(A)成分之具體例,雖可以舉例以下者,但本發明不限定於此。下述式中,na及nb各自獨立表示2~50之整數。

Figure 02_image011
Although the following can be mentioned as a specific example of (A) component, this invention is not limited to this. In the following formula, na and nb each independently represent an integer of 2 to 50.
Figure 02_image011

(A)成分,可使用市售者,亦可使用藉由公知的方法合成者。作為(A)成分的合成方法,例如,可利用Polymer 1989, p.978記載之合成法來合成。(A)成分可單獨使用1種,亦可組合2種以上來使用。As the component (A), a commercially available one may be used, or one synthesized by a known method may be used. As a synthesis method of (A) component, for example, it can synthesize|combine by the synthesis method described in Polymer 1989, p.978. (A) component may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types.

作為(A)成分之重量平均分子量,由獲得介電特性低且與銅箔之密著性優異的硬化物之觀點來看,較佳為1000以上,更佳為1200以上,進而佳為1400以上,較佳為10000以下,更佳為7500以下,進而佳為5000以下。 樹脂之重量平均分子量,可藉由凝膠滲透色層分析(GPC)法,以聚苯乙烯換算之值來測定。The weight average molecular weight of the component (A) is preferably 1,000 or more, more preferably 1,200 or more, and still more preferably 1,400 or more, from the viewpoint of obtaining a cured product having low dielectric properties and excellent adhesion to copper foil. , preferably 10,000 or less, more preferably 7,500 or less, and still more preferably 5,000 or less. The weight average molecular weight of the resin can be measured in terms of polystyrene by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).

作為(A)成分之數平均分子量,由獲得介電特性低且與銅箔之密著性優異的硬化物之觀點來看,較佳為1000以上,更佳為1200以上,進而佳為1400以上,較佳為10000以下,更佳為7500以下,進而佳為5000以下。 樹脂之數平均分子量,可藉由凝膠滲透色層分析(GPC)法,以聚苯乙烯換算之值來測定。The number average molecular weight of the component (A) is preferably 1,000 or more, more preferably 1,200 or more, and still more preferably 1,400 or more, from the viewpoint of obtaining a cured product having low dielectric properties and excellent adhesion to copper foil. , preferably 10,000 or less, more preferably 7,500 or less, and still more preferably 5,000 or less. The number-average molecular weight of the resin can be measured in terms of polystyrene by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).

作為(A)成分之含量,由獲得介電特性低且與銅箔之密著性優異的硬化物之觀點來看,將樹脂組成物中之不揮發成分定為100質量%時,較佳為1質量%以上,更佳為3質量%以上,進而佳為5質量%以上,較佳為25質量%以下,更佳為20質量%以下,進而佳為15質量%以下。 此外,本發明中,樹脂組成物中之各成分的含量,除非有另外明示,則為樹脂組成物中之不揮發成分定為100質量%時之值。As content of the (A) component, from the viewpoint of obtaining a cured product having low dielectric properties and excellent adhesion to copper foil, when the nonvolatile content in the resin composition is 100% by mass, it is preferably 1 mass % or more, more preferably 3 mass % or more, still more preferably 5 mass % or more, preferably 25 mass % or less, more preferably 20 mass % or less, still more preferably 15 mass % or less. In addition, in this invention, the content of each component in a resin composition is the value when the non-volatile component in a resin composition is set to 100 mass %, unless otherwise specified.

作為(A)成分之含量,由獲得介電特性低且與銅箔之密著性優異的硬化物之觀點來看,將樹脂組成物中之樹脂成分定為100質量%時,較佳為5質量%以上,更佳為10質量%以上,進而佳為15質量%以上,較佳為60質量%以下,較佳為40質量%以下,更佳為35質量%以下,進而佳為30質量%以下。所謂樹脂成分,係指樹脂組成物中之不揮發成分之中,去除(E)無機填充材的成分。The content of the component (A) is preferably 5 when the resin component in the resin composition is 100% by mass, from the viewpoint of obtaining a cured product having low dielectric properties and excellent adhesion to copper foil. mass % or more, more preferably 10 mass % or more, still more preferably 15 mass % or more, preferably 60 mass % or less, preferably 40 mass % or less, more preferably 35 mass % or less, further preferably 30 mass % the following. The term "resin component" refers to a component from which the (E) inorganic filler is removed from the nonvolatile components in the resin composition.

<(B)環氧樹脂> 樹脂組成物,包含環氧樹脂作為(B)成分。藉由使樹脂組成物含有(B)環氧樹脂,可獲得介電特性低,剝離強度優異的的硬化物。<(B) Epoxy resin> The resin composition contains an epoxy resin as the (B) component. By containing the (B) epoxy resin in the resin composition, a cured product having low dielectric properties and excellent peel strength can be obtained.

作為(B)成分,可舉例例如聯茬酚(bixylenol)型環氧樹脂、雙酚A型環氧樹脂、雙酚F型環氧樹脂、雙酚S型環氧樹脂、雙酚AF型環氧樹脂、二環戊二烯型環氧樹脂、三酚型環氧樹脂、萘酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂、酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂、三級丁基-兒茶酚型環氧樹脂、萘型環氧樹脂、萘酚型環氧樹脂、蒽型環氧樹脂、環氧丙胺型環氧樹脂、環氧丙基酯型環氧樹脂、甲酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂、聯苯型環氧樹脂、線狀脂肪族環氧樹脂、具有丁二烯結構的環氧樹脂、脂環式環氧樹脂、雜環式環氧樹脂、螺環含有環氧樹脂、環己烷型環氧樹脂、環己烷二甲醇型環氧樹脂、伸萘基醚型環氧樹脂、三羥甲基型環氧樹脂、四苯基乙烷型環氧樹脂等。其中,作為(B)成分,由顯著獲得本發明效果之觀點來看,以萘酚型環氧樹脂較佳。As the component (B), for example, a bixylenol type epoxy resin, a bisphenol A type epoxy resin, a bisphenol F type epoxy resin, a bisphenol S type epoxy resin, and a bisphenol AF type epoxy resin may be mentioned. Resin, dicyclopentadiene epoxy resin, trisphenol epoxy resin, naphthol novolac epoxy resin, phenol novolak epoxy resin, tertiary butyl-catechol epoxy resin, naphthalene type epoxy resin, naphthol type epoxy resin, anthracene type epoxy resin, glycidylamine type epoxy resin, glycidyl ester type epoxy resin, cresol novolac type epoxy resin, biphenyl type epoxy resin Resins, linear aliphatic epoxy resins, epoxy resins having a butadiene structure, alicyclic epoxy resins, heterocyclic epoxy resins, spiro-containing epoxy resins, cyclohexane-type epoxy resins, cyclic epoxy resins Hexanedimethanol type epoxy resin, naphthylene ether type epoxy resin, trimethylol type epoxy resin, tetraphenylethane type epoxy resin, etc. Among them, as the component (B), a naphthol-type epoxy resin is preferable from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the effects of the present invention.

樹脂組成物,作為(B)成分,以包含1分子中具有2個以上環氧基之環氧樹脂較佳。由顯著地獲得本發明期望的效果之觀點來看,相對於(B)成分之不揮發成分100質量%而言,1分子中具有2個以上環氧基之環氧樹脂的比例,較佳為20質量%以上,更佳為30質量%以上,特佳為40質量%以上。The resin composition preferably contains an epoxy resin having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule as the component (B). From the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the desired effect of the present invention, the ratio of the epoxy resin having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule is preferably based on 100% by mass of the nonvolatile content of the component (B). 20 mass % or more, more preferably 30 mass % or more, and particularly preferably 40 mass % or more.

環氧樹脂中,有溫度20℃下為液狀之環氧樹脂(以下有時稱為「液狀環氧樹脂」),與溫度20℃下為固體狀之環氧樹脂(以下有時稱為「固體狀環氧樹脂」)。樹脂組成物,作為(B)成分,可僅包含液狀環氧樹脂,亦可僅包含固體狀環氧樹脂,亦可組合含有液狀環氧樹脂與固體狀環氧樹脂,但由顯著地獲得本發明期望的效果之觀點來看,以僅包含固體狀環氧樹脂較佳。Among the epoxy resins, there are epoxy resins that are liquid at a temperature of 20°C (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "liquid epoxy resins"), and epoxy resins that are solid at a temperature of 20°C (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "liquid epoxy resins"). "Solid Epoxy Resin"). The resin composition may contain only a liquid epoxy resin, only a solid epoxy resin, or a combination of a liquid epoxy resin and a solid epoxy resin as the component (B), but it is remarkably obtained by From the viewpoint of the desired effect of the present invention, it is preferable to contain only the solid epoxy resin.

作為固體狀環氧樹脂,以1分子中具有3個以上環氧基的固體狀環氧樹脂較佳,1分子中具有3個以上環氧基的芳香族系之固體狀環氧樹脂更佳。As a solid epoxy resin, the solid epoxy resin which has 3 or more epoxy groups in 1 molecule is preferable, and the aromatic type solid epoxy resin which has 3 or more epoxy groups in 1 molecule is more preferable.

作為固體狀環氧樹脂,以聯茬酚型環氧樹脂、萘型環氧樹脂、萘型4官能環氧樹脂、甲酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂、二環戊二烯型環氧樹脂、三酚型環氧樹脂、萘酚型環氧樹脂、聯苯型環氧樹脂、伸萘基醚型環氧樹脂、蒽型環氧樹脂、雙酚A型環氧樹脂、雙酚AF型環氧樹脂、四苯基乙烷型環氧樹脂較佳,萘酚型環氧樹脂更佳。As solid epoxy resins, there are phenol-type epoxy resins, naphthalene-type epoxy resins, naphthalene-type tetrafunctional epoxy resins, cresol novolac-type epoxy resins, dicyclopentadiene-type epoxy resins, Phenol type epoxy resin, naphthol type epoxy resin, biphenyl type epoxy resin, naphthyl ether type epoxy resin, anthracene type epoxy resin, bisphenol A type epoxy resin, bisphenol AF type epoxy resin , tetraphenylethane type epoxy resin is better, naphthol type epoxy resin is better.

作為固體狀環氧樹脂之具體例,可舉例DIC公司製之「HP4032H」(萘型環氧樹脂);DIC公司製之「HP-4700」、「HP-4710」(萘型4官能環氧樹脂);DIC公司製之「N-690」(甲酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂);DIC公司製之「N-695」(甲酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂);DIC公司製之「HP-7200」、「HP-7200HH」、「HP-7200H」(二環戊二烯型環氧樹脂);DIC公司製之「EXA-7311」、「EXA-7311-G3」、「EXA-7311-G4」、「EXA-7311-G4S」、「HP6000」(伸萘基醚型環氧樹脂);日本化藥公司製之「EPPN-502H」(三酚型環氧樹脂);日本化藥公司製之「NC7000L」(萘酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂);日本化藥公司製之「NC3000H」、「NC3000」、「NC3000L」、「NC3100」(聯苯型環氧樹脂);日鐵化學&材料公司製之「ESN475V」(萘酚型環氧樹脂);日鐵化學&材料公司製之「ESN485」(萘酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂);三菱化學公司製之「YX4000H」、「YX4000」、「YL6121」(聯苯型環氧樹脂);三菱化學公司製之「YX4000HK」(聯茬酚型環氧樹脂);三菱化學公司製之「YX8800」(蒽型環氧樹脂);大阪氣體化學公司製之「PG-100」、「CG-500」;三菱化學公司製之「YL7760」(雙酚AF型環氧樹脂);三菱化學公司製之「YL7800」(茀型環氧樹脂);三菱化學公司製之「jER1010」(固體狀雙酚A型環氧樹脂);三菱化學公司製之「jER1031S」(四苯基乙烷型環氧樹脂)等。此等可單獨使用1種,亦可組合2種以上來使用。Specific examples of solid epoxy resins include "HP4032H" (naphthalene type epoxy resin) manufactured by DIC Corporation; "HP-4700" and "HP-4710" (naphthalene type tetrafunctional epoxy resin manufactured by DIC Corporation) ); "N-690" (cresol novolac type epoxy resin) manufactured by DIC Corporation; "N-695" (cresol novolac type epoxy resin) manufactured by DIC Corporation; "HP-7200" manufactured by DIC Corporation ", "HP-7200HH", "HP-7200H" (dicyclopentadiene epoxy resin); "EXA-7311", "EXA-7311-G3", "EXA-7311-G4" manufactured by DIC Corporation , "EXA-7311-G4S", "HP6000" (naphthyl ether type epoxy resin); "EPPN-502H" (triphenol type epoxy resin) manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.; "NC7000L" (naphthol novolak type epoxy resin); "NC3000H", "NC3000", "NC3000L", "NC3100" (biphenyl type epoxy resin) manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.; manufactured by Nippon Steel Chemical & Materials Co., Ltd. "ESN475V" (naphthol type epoxy resin); "ESN485" (naphthol novolac type epoxy resin) manufactured by Nippon Steel Chemical &Materials; "YX4000H", "YX4000", "YL6121" manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation "(biphenyl type epoxy resin); "YX4000HK" (co-phenol type epoxy resin) manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation; "YX8800" (anthracene type epoxy resin) manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation; Osaka Gas Chemical Corporation "PG-100", "CG-500"; "YL7760" (bisphenol AF type epoxy resin) manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation; "YL7800" (Fine type epoxy resin) manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation; "jER1010" (solid bisphenol A type epoxy resin); "jER1031S" (tetraphenylethane type epoxy resin) manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation. These may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types.

作為液狀環氧樹脂,以1分子中具有2個以上環氧基之液狀環氧樹脂較佳。As a liquid epoxy resin, the liquid epoxy resin which has two or more epoxy groups in 1 molecule is preferable.

作為液狀環氧樹脂,以雙酚A型環氧樹脂、雙酚F型環氧樹脂、雙酚AF型環氧樹脂、萘型環氧樹脂、環氧丙基酯型環氧樹脂、環氧丙胺型環氧樹脂、酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂、具有酯骨架之脂環式環氧樹脂、環己烷型環氧樹脂、環己烷二甲醇型環氧樹脂、環氧丙胺型環氧樹脂,及具有丁二烯結構的環氧樹脂較佳,萘型環氧樹脂更佳。As the liquid epoxy resin, bisphenol A type epoxy resin, bisphenol F type epoxy resin, bisphenol AF type epoxy resin, naphthalene type epoxy resin, glycidyl ester type epoxy resin, epoxy resin Propylamine type epoxy resin, phenol novolac type epoxy resin, alicyclic epoxy resin with ester skeleton, cyclohexane type epoxy resin, cyclohexane dimethanol type epoxy resin, glycidylamine type epoxy resin , and epoxy resins with a butadiene structure are preferred, and naphthalene-type epoxy resins are more preferred.

作為液狀環氧樹脂之具體例,可舉例DIC公司製之「HP4032」、「HP4032D」、「HP4032SS」(萘型環氧樹脂);三菱化學公司製之「828US」、「jER828EL」、「825」、「EPIKOTE 828EL」(雙酚A型環氧樹脂);三菱化學公司製之「jER807」、「1750」(雙酚F型環氧樹脂);三菱化學公司製之「jER152」(酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂);三菱化學公司製之「630」、「630LSD」(環氧丙胺型環氧樹脂);日鐵化學&材料公司製之「ZX1059」(雙酚A型環氧樹脂與雙酚F型環氧樹脂之混合品);Nagase ChemteX公司製之「EX-721」(環氧丙基酯型環氧樹脂);DAICEL公司製之「CELLOXIDE 2021P」(具有酯骨架之脂環式環氧樹脂);DAICEL公司製之「PB-3600」(具有丁二烯結構的環氧樹脂);日鐵化學&材料公司製之「ZX1658」、「ZX1658GS」(液狀1,4-環氧丙基環己烷型環氧樹脂)等。此等可單獨使用1種,亦可組合2種以上來使用。Specific examples of liquid epoxy resins include "HP4032", "HP4032D", and "HP4032SS" (naphthalene-type epoxy resins) manufactured by DIC Corporation; "828US", "jER828EL", "825" manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation ", "EPIKOTE 828EL" (bisphenol A type epoxy resin); "jER807", "1750" (bisphenol F type epoxy resin) manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation; "jER152" (phenol novolak) manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation Type epoxy resin); "630", "630LSD" (glycidamine type epoxy resin) manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation; "ZX1059" manufactured by Nippon Steel Chemical & Materials Corporation (bisphenol A type epoxy resin and bisphenol Mixture of F type epoxy resin); "EX-721" (glycidyl ester epoxy resin) manufactured by Nagase ChemteX; "CELLOXIDE 2021P" (alicyclic epoxy resin with ester skeleton) manufactured by DAICEL resin); "PB-3600" (epoxy resin with a butadiene structure) manufactured by DAICEL; "ZX1658", "ZX1658GS" (liquid 1,4-epoxypropyl) manufactured by Nippon Steel Chemical & Materials Co., Ltd. cyclohexane type epoxy resin) etc. These may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types.

作為(B)成分組合液狀環氧樹脂與固體狀環氧樹脂使用時,該等的量比(液狀環氧樹脂:固體狀環氧樹脂),以質量比計,較佳為1:1~1:20,更佳為1:1.5~1:15,特佳為1:2~1:10。藉由液狀環氧樹脂與固體狀環氧樹脂之量比在該範圍內,可顯著獲得本發明期望的效果。進而,通常,以樹脂薄片之形態使用時,可產生適度的黏著性。又,通常,以樹脂薄片之形態使用時,可獲得充分的可撓性,操作性提升。進而,通常,可獲得具有充分的斷裂強度之硬化物。When combining a liquid epoxy resin and a solid epoxy resin as the component (B), the ratio of these (liquid epoxy resin: solid epoxy resin) is preferably 1:1 in terms of mass ratio ~1:20, more preferably 1:1.5~1:15, particularly preferably 1:2~1:10. When the amount ratio of the liquid epoxy resin to the solid epoxy resin is within this range, the desired effect of the present invention can be remarkably obtained. Furthermore, when it is generally used in the form of a resin sheet, moderate adhesiveness can be produced. In addition, when it is generally used in the form of a resin sheet, sufficient flexibility can be obtained and workability is improved. Furthermore, in general, a hardened product having sufficient breaking strength can be obtained.

(B)成分之環氧當量,較佳為50g/eq.~ 5000g/eq.,更佳為50g/eq.~3000g/eq.,進而佳為80g/eq.~ 2000g/eq.,進而更佳為110g/eq.~1000g/eq.。藉由成為此範圍,樹脂組成物層之硬化物的交聯密度變得充分,可產生表面粗度小的絕緣層。環氧當量,為包含1當量環氧基的環氧樹脂之質量。此環氧當量,可依循JIS K7236來測定。The epoxy equivalent of the component (B) is preferably 50g/eq.~5000g/eq., more preferably 50g/eq.~3000g/eq., more preferably 80g/eq.~2000g/eq., furthermore Preferably, it is 110g/eq.~1000g/eq.. By making it into this range, the crosslinking density of the hardened|cured material of a resin composition layer becomes sufficient, and an insulating layer with a small surface roughness can be produced. The epoxy equivalent is the mass of the epoxy resin containing 1 equivalent of epoxy groups. This epoxy equivalent can be measured according to JIS K7236.

(B)成分之重量平均分子量(Mw),由顯著獲得本發明期望的效果之觀點來看,較佳為100~5000,更佳為200~3000,進而佳為250~1500。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the component (B) is preferably 100 to 5000, more preferably 200 to 3000, and still more preferably 250 to 1500, from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the desired effect of the present invention.

(B)成分之含量,由獲得顯示良好的機械強度及良好的絕緣信賴性之絕緣層的觀點來看,將樹脂組成物中之不揮發成分定為100質量%時,較佳為5質量%以上,更佳為10質量%以上,進而佳為15質量%以上。環氧樹脂之含量的上限,由顯著獲得本發明期望的效果之觀點來看,較佳為30質量%以下,更佳為25質量%以下,特佳為20質量%以下。The content of the component (B) is preferably 5% by mass when the nonvolatile content in the resin composition is 100% by mass, from the viewpoint of obtaining an insulating layer exhibiting good mechanical strength and good insulation reliability. Above, more preferably 10 mass % or more, still more preferably 15 mass % or more. The upper limit of the content of the epoxy resin is preferably 30 mass % or less, more preferably 25 mass % or less, and particularly preferably 20 mass % or less, from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the desired effect of the present invention.

作為(B)成分之含量,由獲得顯示良好的機械強度及良好的絕緣信賴性之絕緣層的觀點來看,將樹脂組成物中之樹脂成分定為100質量%時,較佳為20質量%以上,更佳為25質量%以上,進而佳為30質量%以上,較佳為50質量%以下,更佳為45質量%以下,進而佳為40質量%以下。The content of the component (B) is preferably 20% by mass when the resin component in the resin composition is 100% by mass, from the viewpoint of obtaining an insulating layer exhibiting good mechanical strength and good insulation reliability. Above, more preferably 25 mass % or more, still more preferably 30 mass % or more, preferably 50 mass % or less, more preferably 45 mass % or less, still more preferably 40 mass % or less.

<(C)活性酯系硬化劑> 樹脂組成物,含有(C)活性酯系硬化劑。藉由使用活性酯系硬化劑可使介電特性提升,剝離強度變得優異。(C)成分可單獨使用1種,亦可組合2種以上來使用。<(C) Active ester curing agent> The resin composition contains (C) an active ester-based curing agent. By using an active ester-based hardener, the dielectric properties can be improved, and the peel strength can be excellent. (C)component may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types.

作為(C)活性酯系硬化劑,一般較佳使用酚酯類、硫酚酯類、N-羥基胺酯類、雜環羥基化合物之酯類等之1分子中具有2個以上反應活性高的酯基之化合物。該活性酯系硬化劑,以藉由羧酸化合物及/或硫代羧酸化合物與羥基化合物及/或硫醇化合物之縮合反應而得者較佳。特別是由耐熱性提升之觀點來看,由羧酸化合物與羥基化合物而得之活性酯系硬化劑較佳,由羧酸化合物與酚化合物及/或萘酚化合物而得之活性酯系硬化劑更佳。作為羧酸化合物,可舉例例如苯甲酸、乙酸、琥珀酸、馬來酸、伊康酸、酞酸、異酞酸、對酞酸、均苯四甲酸等。作為酚化合物或萘酚化合物,可舉例例如氫醌、間苯二酚、雙酚A、雙酚F、雙酚S、酚酞、甲基化雙酚A、甲基化雙酚F、甲基化雙酚S、酚、o-甲酚、m-甲酚、p-甲酚、兒茶酚、α-萘酚、β-萘酚、1,5-二羥基萘、1,6-二羥基萘、2,6-二羥基萘、二羥基二苯甲酮、三羥基二苯甲酮、四羥基二苯甲酮、根皮三酚、苯三醇、二環戊二烯型二酚化合物、酚酚醛清漆等。此處,所謂「二環戊二烯型二酚化合物」,係指於1分子二環戊二烯縮合2分子酚而得之二酚化合物。As the (C) active ester-based hardener, in general, those having two or more high reactivity in one molecule, such as phenolic esters, thiophenolic esters, N-hydroxyamine esters, and esters of heterocyclic hydroxy compounds, are preferably used. Ester-based compounds. The active ester-based hardener is preferably obtained by condensation reaction of a carboxylic acid compound and/or a thiocarboxylic acid compound with a hydroxyl compound and/or a thiol compound. In particular, from the viewpoint of improving heat resistance, an active ester-based hardener obtained from a carboxylic acid compound and a hydroxy compound is preferred, and an active ester-based hardener obtained from a carboxylic acid compound and a phenol compound and/or a naphthol compound is preferred better. As a carboxylic acid compound, benzoic acid, acetic acid, succinic acid, maleic acid, itaconic acid, phthalic acid, isophthalic acid, terephthalic acid, pyromellitic acid, etc. are mentioned, for example. Examples of the phenol compound or naphthol compound include hydroquinone, resorcinol, bisphenol A, bisphenol F, bisphenol S, phenolphthalein, methylated bisphenol A, methylated bisphenol F, methylated Bisphenol S, phenol, o-cresol, m-cresol, p-cresol, catechol, α-naphthol, β-naphthol, 1,5-dihydroxynaphthalene, 1,6-dihydroxynaphthalene , 2,6-dihydroxynaphthalene, dihydroxybenzophenone, trihydroxybenzophenone, tetrahydroxybenzophenone, phloroglucinol, benzenetriol, dicyclopentadiene-type diphenol compound, phenol Novolak, etc. Here, the "dicyclopentadiene-type diphenol compound" refers to a diphenol compound obtained by condensing two molecules of phenol with one molecule of dicyclopentadiene.

具體而言,作為(C)成分,可舉例二環戊二烯型活性酯系硬化劑、萘型活性酯系硬化劑、包含酚酚醛清漆之乙醯基化物的活性酯系硬化劑、包含酚酚醛清漆之苯甲醯基化物的活性酯系硬化劑等。萘型活性酯系硬化劑,包含萘結構。其中作為(C)成分,以選自二環戊二烯型活性酯系硬化劑及萘型活性酯系硬化劑中之1種以上更佳,萘型活性酯系硬化劑進而佳。作為二環戊二烯型活性酯系硬化劑,以包含二環戊二烯型二酚結構之活性酯系硬化劑較佳。所謂「二環戊二烯型二酚結構」,係表示由伸苯基-二環伸戊基-伸苯基而成之2價結構單位。Specifically, as (C)component, a dicyclopentadiene type active ester type hardening agent, a naphthalene type active ester type hardening Active ester-based hardener for benzyl compounds of novolacs, etc. Naphthalene-type active ester-based hardener, including a naphthalene structure. Among them, as the component (C), at least one selected from the group consisting of dicyclopentadiene-type active ester-based curing agents and naphthalene-type active-ester-based curing agents is more preferred, and naphthalene-type active ester-based curing agents are even more preferred. As the dicyclopentadiene-type active ester-based hardener, an active-ester-based hardener containing a dicyclopentadiene-type diphenol structure is preferred. The "dicyclopentadiene-type diphenol structure" means a bivalent structural unit composed of phenylene-dicyclopentylene-phenylene.

作為(C)活性酯系硬化劑之市售品,可舉例作為包含二環戊二烯型二酚結構之活性酯系硬化劑之「EXB9451」、「EXB9460」、「EXB9460S」、「HPC-8000-65T」、「HPC-8000H-65TM」、「EXB-8000L-65TM」(DIC公司製);作為萘型活性酯系硬化劑之「EXB9416-70BK」、「EXB-8100L-65T」、「EXB-8150L-65T」、「EXB-8150-65T」、「HPC-8150-60T」、「HPC-8150-62T」(DIC公司製)、「PC1300-02-65T」(空氣・水公司製);作為包含酚酚醛清漆之乙醯基化物的活性酯系硬化劑之「DC808」(三菱化學公司製);作為包含酚酚醛清漆之苯甲醯基化物的活性酯系硬化劑之「YLH1026」(三菱化學公司製);作為酚酚醛清漆之乙醯基化物的活性酯系硬化劑之「DC808」(三菱化學公司製);作為酚酚醛清漆之苯甲醯基化物的活性酯系硬化劑之「YLH1026」(三菱化學公司製)、「YLH1030」(三菱化學公司製)、「YLH1048」(三菱化學公司製);「EXB-8500-65T」(DIC公司製);等(C) Commercial products of the active ester-based hardener include "EXB9451", "EXB9460", "EXB9460S", and "HPC-8000" which are active ester-based hardeners containing a dicyclopentadiene-type diphenol structure. -65T", "HPC-8000H-65TM", "EXB-8000L-65TM" (manufactured by DIC Corporation); "EXB9416-70BK", "EXB-8100L-65T", "EXB" as naphthalene-type active ester type hardener -8150L-65T", "EXB-8150-65T", "HPC-8150-60T", "HPC-8150-62T" (manufactured by DIC Corporation), "PC1300-02-65T" (manufactured by Air & Water Corporation); "DC808" (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Co., Ltd.) as an active ester-based hardener containing a novolac acetylated compound; "YLH1026" (Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation) as an active ester-based hardener containing a novolak novolak-based benzyl compound Chemical Co., Ltd.); "DC808" (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation) as an active ester-based hardener for acetylated compounds of novolak; "YLH1026" as an active ester-based hardener for phenolic novolaks of benzyl compounds "(Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), "YLH1030" (Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), "YLH1048" (Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation); "EXB-8500-65T" (DIC Corporation); etc.

(C)活性酯系硬化劑之活性酯基當量,由獲得可降低介電損耗角正切且同時密著性優異的硬化物之觀點來看,較佳為50g/eq.~500g/eq.,更佳為50g/eq.~ 400g/eq.,進而佳為100g/eq.~300g/eq.。活性酯基當量,為包含1當量活性酯基之活性酯系硬化劑的質量。(C) The active ester group equivalent of the active ester-based curing agent is preferably 50 g/eq. to 500 g/eq. from the viewpoint of obtaining a cured product that can reduce the dielectric loss tangent and at the same time is excellent in adhesiveness, More preferably, it is 50g/eq.~400g/eq., and still more preferably, it is 100g/eq.~300g/eq.. The active ester group equivalent is the mass of the active ester-based hardener containing 1 equivalent of the active ester group.

(B)環氧樹脂與(C)活性酯系硬化劑之量比,以[活性酯系硬化劑之活性基之合計數]/[環氧樹脂之環氧基之合計數]的比率計,較佳為0.01以上,更佳為0.3以上,進而佳為0.5以上,較佳為5以下,更佳為3以下,進而佳為2以下。此處,所謂「環氧樹脂之環氧基數」,係將樹脂組成物中存在之環氧樹脂的不揮發成分之質量除以環氧當量之值全部合計而得之值。又,所謂「活性酯系硬化劑之活性基數」,係將樹脂組成物中存在之活性酯系硬化劑不揮發成分之質量除以活性酯基當量之值全部合計而得之值。藉由將環氧樹脂與活性酯系硬化劑之量比定為該範圍內,可顯著獲得本發明效果。The amount ratio of (B) epoxy resin to (C) active ester-based hardener is calculated as the ratio of [total number of active groups of active ester-based hardener]/[total number of epoxy groups of epoxy resin], It is preferably 0.01 or more, more preferably 0.3 or more, still more preferably 0.5 or more, more preferably 5 or less, more preferably 3 or less, and still more preferably 2 or less. Here, the "number of epoxy groups of the epoxy resin" refers to a value obtained by dividing the mass of the nonvolatile content of the epoxy resin present in the resin composition by the epoxy equivalent weight and adding up all the values. In addition, "the number of active bases of the active ester-based hardener" is a value obtained by dividing the mass of the non-volatile content of the active-ester-based hardener in the resin composition by the value of the active ester group equivalent. The effect of the present invention can be remarkably obtained by setting the amount ratio of the epoxy resin to the active ester-based hardener within this range.

(C)活性酯系硬化劑之含量,由獲得可降低介電特性且同時剝離強度優異的硬化物之觀點來看,將樹脂組成物中之不揮發成分定為100質量%時,較佳為1質量%以上,更佳為5質量%以上,進而佳為10質量%以上。又,上限較佳為30質量%以下,更佳為25質量%以下,進而佳為20質量%以下。The content of the active ester-based hardener (C) is preferably 100% by mass of the non-volatile content in the resin composition from the viewpoint of obtaining a hardened product with reduced dielectric properties and excellent peel strength. 1 mass % or more, more preferably 5 mass % or more, still more preferably 10 mass % or more. Moreover, 30 mass % or less is preferable, as for an upper limit, 25 mass % or less is more preferable, and 20 mass % or less is still more preferable.

作為(C)活性酯系硬化劑之含量,由獲得可降低介電特性且同時剝離強度優異的硬化物之觀點來看,將樹脂組成物中之樹脂成分定為100質量%時,較佳為10質量%以上,更佳為20質量%以上,進而佳為25質量%以上,較佳為50質量%以下,更佳為45質量%以下,進而佳為40質量%以下。The content of the (C) active ester-based hardener is preferably 100% by mass of the resin component in the resin composition, from the viewpoint of obtaining a hardened product having excellent peel strength while reducing dielectric properties. 10 mass % or more, more preferably 20 mass % or more, still more preferably 25 mass % or more, preferably 50 mass % or less, more preferably 45 mass % or less, still more preferably 40 mass % or less.

<(D)含有自由基聚合性不飽和基之樹脂> 樹脂組成物,除上述成分以外,亦可包含作為任意成分之(D)含有自由基聚合性不飽和基之樹脂。藉由使樹脂組成物含有(D)含有自由基聚合性不飽和基之樹脂,可獲得介電特性低且剝離強度優異的硬化物。(D)成分,排除符合(A)成分~(C)成分者。<(D) Resin containing radically polymerizable unsaturated group> In addition to the above-mentioned components, the resin composition may contain (D) a radically polymerizable unsaturated group-containing resin as an optional component. By making the resin composition contain (D) the radically polymerizable unsaturated group-containing resin, a cured product having low dielectric properties and excellent peel strength can be obtained. (D) Component, those who meet the components (A) ~ (C) are excluded.

(D)成分所含之自由基聚合性不飽和基,表示包含顯示自由基聚合性之不飽和鍵的基。作為此自由基聚合性不飽和基,可舉例例如包含乙烯性雙鍵之基。包含如此之自由基聚合性不飽和基的(D)成分,藉由熱或活性能量線產生自由基聚合,可使樹脂組成物硬化。The radically polymerizable unsaturated group contained in the component (D) means a group containing an unsaturated bond exhibiting radically polymerizable properties. As this radical polymerizable unsaturated group, the group containing an ethylenic double bond is mentioned, for example. The component (D) containing such a radically polymerizable unsaturated group can undergo radical polymerization by heat or active energy rays, thereby curing the resin composition.

作為自由基聚合性不飽和基,可舉例例如馬來醯亞胺基、乙烯基、乙烯基苯基、丙烯醯基、甲基丙烯醯基、延胡索醯基、馬來醯基、苯并環丁烯基、烯丙基等。其中,作為(D)成分,由顯著獲得本發明效果之觀點來看,以馬來醯亞胺基較佳。(D)成分所含之自由基聚合性不飽和基的數,通常為1以上,較佳為2以上。(D)成分包含2以上之自由基聚合性不飽和基時,該等2以上之自由基聚合性不飽和基,可相同,亦可不同。Examples of the radically polymerizable unsaturated group include a maleimide group, a vinyl group, a vinylphenyl group, an acryl group, a methacryloyl group, a fumaric group, a maleinyl group, and a benzocyclobutane group. Alkenyl, allyl, etc. Among them, as the component (D), a maleimide group is preferred from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the effects of the present invention. The number of radically polymerizable unsaturated groups contained in the component (D) is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more. When the component (D) contains two or more radically polymerizable unsaturated groups, these two or more radically polymerizable unsaturated groups may be the same or different.

作為(D)成分,以使用分子中含有芳香環之樹脂較佳。因此,(D)成分,以含有芳香環及自由基聚合性不飽和基之樹脂較佳。(D)成分所含之芳香環,可為芳香族碳環,亦可為芳香族雜環。又,芳香環,可為單環式之芳香環,亦可為2個以上單環式之芳香環縮合而成之縮合芳香環,亦可為於1個以上單環式之芳香環縮合1個以上單環式之非芳香環而成之縮合芳香環。作為此等之芳香環,可舉例例如苯環、吡啶環等之單環式芳香環;二氫茚環、茀環、萘環等之縮合芳香環。其中,芳香環,以芳香族碳環較佳。芳香族碳環之碳原子數,較佳為6以上10以下。As (D)component, it is preferable to use the resin which contains an aromatic ring in a molecule|numerator. Therefore, the (D) component is preferably a resin containing an aromatic ring and a radically polymerizable unsaturated group. The aromatic ring contained in the component (D) may be an aromatic carbocyclic ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring. In addition, the aromatic ring may be a monocyclic aromatic ring, a condensed aromatic ring formed by condensing two or more monocyclic aromatic rings, or one or more monocyclic aromatic rings condensed. Condensed aromatic ring formed from the above monocyclic non-aromatic ring. Examples of these aromatic rings include monocyclic aromatic rings such as a benzene ring and a pyridine ring; and condensed aromatic rings such as a dihydroindene ring, a perylene ring, and a naphthalene ring. Among them, the aromatic ring is preferably an aromatic carbocyclic ring. The number of carbon atoms in the aromatic carbocyclic ring is preferably 6 or more and 10 or less.

(D)成分所含之芳香環上,亦可鍵結取代基。1個芳香環上鍵結的取代基之數,可為1,亦可為2以上。取代基之數為2以上時,該等2以上之取代基可相同,亦可不同。A substituent may be bonded to the aromatic ring contained in the (D) component. The number of substituents bonded to one aromatic ring may be one or two or more. When the number of substituents is 2 or more, these 2 or more substituents may be the same or different.

作為取代基,可舉例例如烷基、烷基氧基、烷硫基、芳基、芳氧基、芳硫基、環烷基、鹵素原子、羥基,及巰基。As the substituent, for example, an alkyl group, an alkyloxy group, an alkylthio group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, an arylthio group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, and a mercapto group can be exemplified.

烷基之碳原子數,較佳為1~10。作為烷基,可舉例例如甲基、乙基、丙基、n-丁基、t-丁基等。The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably 1-10. Examples of the alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, propyl, n-butyl, t-butyl and the like.

烷基氧基之碳原子數,較佳為1~10。作為烷基氧基,可舉例例如甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基等。The number of carbon atoms of the alkyloxy group is preferably 1-10. As an alkyloxy group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, a butoxy group, etc. are mentioned, for example.

烷硫基之碳原子數,較佳為1~10。作為烷硫基,可舉例例如甲硫基、乙硫基、丙硫基、丁硫基等。The number of carbon atoms of the alkylthio group is preferably 1-10. As an alkylthio group, a methylthio group, an ethylthio group, a propylthio group, a butylthio group, etc. are mentioned, for example.

芳基之碳原子數,較佳為6~10。作為芳基,可舉例例如苯基、萘基等。The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group is preferably 6-10. As an aryl group, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, etc. are mentioned, for example.

芳氧基之碳原子數,較佳為6~10。作為芳氧基,可舉例例如苯基氧基、萘基氧基等。The number of carbon atoms of the aryloxy group is preferably 6-10. As an aryloxy group, a phenyloxy group, a naphthyloxy group, etc. are mentioned, for example.

芳硫基之碳原子數,較佳為6~10。作為芳硫基,可舉例例如苯基硫基、萘基硫基等The number of carbon atoms of the arylthio group is preferably 6-10. Examples of the arylthio group include a phenylthio group, a naphthylthio group, and the like.

環烷基之碳原子數,較佳為3~10。作為環烷基,可舉例例如環戊基、環己基、環庚基等。The number of carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group is preferably 3-10. As a cycloalkyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group, etc. are mentioned, for example.

作為鹵素原子,可舉例例如氟原子、氯原子、碘原子等。As a halogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, an iodine atom, etc. are mentioned, for example.

其中,(D)成分所含之芳香環,以未鍵結取代基,或鍵結烷基較佳。Among them, the aromatic ring contained in the component (D) is preferably an unbonded substituent or an alkyl group.

(D)成分所含之芳香環的數,通常為1以上,較佳為2以上。(D)成分包含2以上之芳香環時,該等2以上之芳香環可相同,亦可不同。The number of aromatic rings contained in the component (D) is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more. When the component (D) contains two or more aromatic rings, the two or more aromatic rings may be the same or different.

(D)成分可單獨使用1種,亦可組合2種以上來使用。(D) component may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types.

(D)成分之合適的一實施形態,為含有馬來醯亞胺基之樹脂。含有馬來醯亞胺基之樹脂,進一步包含芳香環較佳。由於含有馬來醯亞胺基之樹脂為屬於(D)成分之樹脂,故排除符合(A)成分者。含有馬來醯亞胺基之樹脂可單獨使用1種,亦可組合2種以上來使用。A suitable embodiment of the component (D) is a maleimide group-containing resin. It is preferable that the resin containing a maleimide group further contains an aromatic ring. Since the resin containing a maleimide group is a resin belonging to the component (D), those meeting the component (A) are excluded. The maleimide group-containing resin may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

作為含有馬來醯亞胺基之樹脂,以選自 (D-1)含有與馬來醯亞胺基之氮原子直接鍵結之碳原子數5以上之脂肪族基的馬來醯亞胺化合物、 (D-2)具有與馬來醯亞胺基之氮原子直接鍵結之芳香族環的馬來醯亞胺化合物,及 (D-3)含有三甲基二氫茚骨架的馬來醯亞胺化合物 中之1種以上較佳。As a resin containing a maleimide group, selected from (D-1) a maleimide compound containing an aliphatic group having 5 or more carbon atoms directly bonded to the nitrogen atom of the maleimide group, (D-2) a maleimide compound having an aromatic ring directly bonded to a nitrogen atom of a maleimide group, and (D-3) Maleimide compound containing trimethyldihydroindene skeleton One or more of them is preferred.

此處,所謂用語「直接」,在(D-1)成分,係指馬來醯亞胺基之氮原子與碳原子數5以上之脂肪族基之間沒有其他基,在(D-2)成分,係指馬來醯亞胺之氮原子與芳香族環之間沒有其他基。Here, the term "direct" means that in the component (D-1), there is no other group between the nitrogen atom of the maleimide group and the aliphatic group having 5 or more carbon atoms, and in the component (D-2) Component means that there is no other group between the nitrogen atom of maleimide and the aromatic ring.

(D-1)成分,為含有與馬來醯亞胺基之氮原子直接鍵結之碳原子數5以上之脂肪族基的馬來醯亞胺化合物。(D-1)成分,例如,可藉由使包含脂肪族胺化合物(具有二聚酸骨架之二胺化合物等)、馬來酸酐,與視需要之四羧酸二酐的成分進行醯亞胺化反應而得。The component (D-1) is a maleimide compound containing an aliphatic group having 5 or more carbon atoms directly bonded to the nitrogen atom of the maleimide group. (D-1) Component, for example, can be imidated by a component containing an aliphatic amine compound (diamine compound having a dimer acid skeleton, etc.), maleic anhydride, and optionally tetracarboxylic dianhydride chemical reaction.

作為碳原子數5以上之脂肪族基,可舉例例如烷基、伸烷基、伸烯基等。As a C5 or more aliphatic group, an alkyl group, an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, etc. are mentioned, for example.

碳原子數為5以上之烷基的碳原子數,較佳為6以上,更佳為8以上,較佳為50以下,更佳為45以下,進而佳為40以下。此烷基,可為直鏈狀、支鏈狀、環狀之任一者,其中以直鏈狀較佳。作為如此之烷基,可舉例例如戊基、己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基等。碳原子數為5以上之烷基,亦可作為碳原子數為5以上之伸烷基的取代基來含有。碳原子數為5以上之烷基,亦可為烯基之一部分或多烯基(雙鍵的數較佳為2)之一部分。The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group having 5 or more carbon atoms is preferably 6 or more, more preferably 8 or more, preferably 50 or less, more preferably 45 or less, and still more preferably 40 or less. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and among them, linear is preferred. As such an alkyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, a nonyl group, a decyl group, etc. are mentioned, for example. The alkyl group having 5 or more carbon atoms may be contained as a substituent of the alkylene group having 5 or more carbon atoms. The alkyl group having 5 or more carbon atoms may be a part of an alkenyl group or a part of a polyalkenyl group (the number of double bonds is preferably 2).

碳原子數為5以上之伸烷基之碳原子數,較佳為6以上,更佳為8以上,較佳為50以下,更佳為45以下,進而佳為40以下。此伸烷基,可為直鏈狀、支鏈狀、環狀之任一者,其中以直鏈狀較佳。此處,所謂環狀之伸烷基,為包含僅由環狀之伸烷基而成之情形與包含直鏈狀之伸烷基與環狀之伸烷基兩者之情形的概念。作為如此之伸烷基,可舉例例如伸戊基、伸己基、伸庚基、伸辛基、伸壬基、伸癸基、伸十一基、伸十二基、伸十三基、伸十七基、伸三十六基、具有伸辛基-伸環己基結構之基、具有伸辛基-伸環己基-伸辛基結構之基、具有伸丙基-伸環己基-伸辛基結構之基等。碳原子數為5以上之伸烷基,可為伸烯基之一部分或伸多烯基(alkapolyenylene) (雙鍵的數較佳為2)之一部分。The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group having 5 or more carbon atoms is preferably 6 or more, more preferably 8 or more, preferably 50 or less, more preferably 45 or less, and still more preferably 40 or less. The alkylidene group may be any of linear, branched and cyclic, among which linear is preferred. Here, the cyclic alkylene group is a concept that includes both the case where the cyclic alkylene group is composed only and the case where both the linear alkylene group and the cyclic alkylene group are included. As such an alkylene group, for example, a pentylene group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, a non-nonyl group, a hexadecyl group, an hexadecyl group, an hexadecyl group, an hexadecyl group, an hexadecyl group, and a hexadecyl group can be exemplified. Heptyl, trihexadecyl, base with octylene-cyclohexylene structure, base with octylidene-cyclohexylene-cyclohexylene structure, propylidene-cyclohexylene-cyclohexylene structure base etc. The alkylene group having 5 or more carbon atoms may be a part of an alkenylene group or a part of an alkapolyenylene (the number of double bonds is preferably 2).

碳原子數為5以上之伸烯基之碳原子數,較佳為6以上,更佳為8以上,較佳為50以下,更佳為45以下,進而佳為40以下。此伸烯基,可為直鏈狀、支鏈狀、環狀之任一者,其中以直鏈狀較佳。此處,所謂環狀之伸烯基,為包含僅由環狀之伸烯基而成之情形與包含直鏈狀之伸烯基與環狀之伸烯基之兩者之情形的概念。作為如此之伸烯基,可舉例例如伸戊炔基、伸己炔基、伸庚炔基、伸辛炔基、伸壬炔基、伸癸炔基、伸十一炔基、伸十二炔基、伸十三炔基、伸十七炔基、伸三十六炔基、具有伸辛炔基-伸環己炔基結構之基、具有伸辛炔基-伸環己炔基-伸辛炔基結構之基、具有伸丙炔基-伸環己炔基-伸辛炔基結構之基等。The number of carbon atoms in the alkenylene group having 5 or more carbon atoms is preferably 6 or more, more preferably 8 or more, preferably 50 or less, more preferably 45 or less, and still more preferably 40 or less. The alkenylene group may be any of linear, branched and cyclic, among which linear is preferred. Here, the cyclic alkenylene group is a concept that includes both the case where the cyclic alkenylene group is composed only and the case where both the linear alkenylene group and the cyclic alkenylene group are included. Examples of such alkenylene groups include pentynyl, hexynyl, heptynyl, octynyl, non-nonynyl, decynyl, undecynyl, and dodecynyl. Alkyl, tridecynyl, heptadecynyl, trihexadecynyl, groups with octynyl-cyclohexylene structure, octynyl-cyclohexynyl-cyclohexylidene alkynyl-structured groups, groups with propynylidene-cyclohexynylidene-octynylidene structures, and the like.

作為(D-1)成分,以下述式(D-1-1)所示之化合物較佳。

Figure 02_image013
一般式(D-1-1)中,M表示可具有取代基之碳原子數為5以上之2價脂肪族基,L表示單鍵或2價連結基。As the component (D-1), a compound represented by the following formula (D-1-1) is preferred.
Figure 02_image013
In general formula (D-1-1), M represents a divalent aliphatic group having 5 or more carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.

M表示可具有取代基之碳原子數為5以上之2價脂肪族基。碳原子數為5以上之2價脂肪族基之碳原子數,較佳為6以上,更佳為8以上,較佳為50以下,更佳為45以下,進而佳為40以下。此脂肪族基,可為直鏈狀、支鏈狀、環狀之任一者,其中以直鏈狀較佳。此處,所謂環狀之脂肪族基,為包含僅由環狀之脂肪族基而成之情形與包含直鏈狀之脂肪族基與環狀之脂肪族基兩者之情形的概念。作為2價脂肪族基,可舉例伸烷基、伸烯基、伸多烯基(alkapolyenylene) (更佳為雙鍵的數為2)等。關於伸烷基及伸烯基如上述。M represents a divalent aliphatic group having 5 or more carbon atoms which may have a substituent. The number of carbon atoms of the divalent aliphatic group having 5 or more carbon atoms is preferably 6 or more, more preferably 8 or more, preferably 50 or less, more preferably 45 or less, and still more preferably 40 or less. The aliphatic group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and among them, linear is preferred. Here, the term "cyclic aliphatic group" is a concept that includes the case where only the cyclic aliphatic group is formed and the case where both the linear aliphatic group and the cyclic aliphatic group are included. As a divalent aliphatic group, an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, an alkapolyenylene group (more preferably, the number of double bonds is 2), etc. are mentioned. The alkylene group and the alkenylene group are as described above.

作為M之取代基例可舉例如鹵素原子、-OH、-O-C1-10 烷基、-N(C1-10 烷基)2 、C1-10 烷基、C2-30 烯基、C2-30 炔基、C6-10 芳基、-NH2 、-CN、-C(O)O-C1-10 烷基、  -COOH、-C(O)H、-NO2 等。此處,「Cx-y 」(x及y為正整數,滿足x<y)之用語,表示此用語之後緊接記載的有機基之碳原子數為x~y。例如,「C1-10 烷基」之表現,表示碳原子數1~10之烷基。此等取代基。可互相鍵結形成環,環結構亦包含螺環或縮合環。取代基,較佳為碳原子數為5以上之烷基。Examples of the substituent for M include halogen atoms, -OH, -OC 1-10 alkyl, -N(C 1-10 alkyl) 2 , C 1-10 alkyl, C 2-30 alkenyl, C 2-30 alkynyl, C 6-10 aryl, -NH 2 , -CN, -C(O)OC 1-10 alkyl, -COOH, -C(O)H, -NO 2 and the like. Here, the term "C xy " (x and y are positive integers and satisfy x<y) means that the number of carbon atoms of the organic group immediately after the term is x to y. For example, the expression "C 1-10 alkyl" means an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. such substituents. They can be bonded to each other to form a ring, and the ring structure also includes a spiro ring or a condensed ring. The substituent is preferably an alkyl group having 5 or more carbon atoms.

L表示單鍵或2價連結基。作為2價連結基,可舉例伸烷基、伸烯基、伸炔基、伸芳基、-C(=O)-、   -C(=O)-O-、-NR0 - (R0 為氫原子、碳原子數1~3之烷基)、氧原子、硫原子、C(=O)NR0 -、源自酞醯亞胺之2價基、源自均苯四甲酸二醯亞胺之2價基,及由此等2種以上之2價基的組合而成之基等。伸烷基、伸烯基、伸炔基、伸芳基、源自酞醯亞胺之2價基、源自均苯四甲酸二醯亞胺之2價基,及由2種以上之2價基的組合而成之基,可含有碳原子數為5以上之烷基作為取代基。所謂源自酞醯亞胺之2價基,表示由酞醯亞胺衍生之2價基,具體而言為一般式(D-1-2)所示之基。所謂源自均苯四甲酸二醯亞胺之2價基,表示由均苯四甲酸二醯亞胺衍生之2價基,具體而言為一般式(D-1-3)所示之基。式中,「*」表示鍵結處。

Figure 02_image015
L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group include alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, aryl, -C(=O)-, -C(=O)-O-, -NR 0 - (R 0 is A hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms), an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, C(=O)NR 0 -, a divalent group derived from phthalimide, a diimide derived from pyromellitic acid The divalent base, and the base formed by the combination of two or more of these divalent bases, etc. Alkylene group, alkenylene group, alkynylene group, arylidene group, divalent group derived from phthalimide, divalent group derived from pyromellitic acid diimide, and two or more divalent groups The group formed by the combination of groups may contain an alkyl group having 5 or more carbon atoms as a substituent. The divalent group derived from phthalimide means a divalent group derived from phthalimide, and specifically, it is a group represented by general formula (D-1-2). The divalent group derived from pyromellitic acid diimide refers to a divalent group derived from pyromellitic acid diimide, and is specifically a group represented by general formula (D-1-3). In the formula, "*" represents the bond.
Figure 02_image015

作為L中之2價連結基的伸烷基,以碳原子數1~50之伸烷基較佳,碳原子數1~45之伸烷基更佳,碳原子數1~40之伸烷基特佳。此伸烷基,可為直鏈狀、支鏈狀、環狀之任一者。作為如此之伸烷基,可舉例例如甲基伸乙基、伸環己基、伸戊基、伸己基、伸庚基、伸辛基、伸壬基、伸癸基、伸十一基、伸十二基、伸十三基、伸十七基、伸三十六基、具有伸辛基-伸環己基結構之基、具有伸辛基-伸環己基-伸辛基結構之基、具有伸丙基-伸環己基-伸辛基結構之基等。As the alkylene group of the divalent linking group in L, an alkylene group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkylene group having 1 to 45 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkylene group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms is preferable. Excellent. The alkylene group may be any of linear, branched and cyclic. Examples of such alkylene groups include methyl ethylidene, cyclohexylene, pentylene, hexylene, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl, and tendenyl groups. Diyl, tridecyl, heptadecyl, trihexadecyl, base with octylene-cyclohexylene structure, base with octyl-cyclohexylene-octylene structure, propylene Radical-cyclohexylene-extended octyl structure, etc.

作為L中之2價連結基的伸烯基,以碳原子數2~50之伸烯基較佳,碳原子數2~45之伸烯基更佳,碳原子數2~40之伸烯基特佳。此伸烯基,可為直鏈狀、支鏈狀、環狀之任一者。作為如此之伸烯基,可舉例例如甲基伸乙烯基、伸環己烯基、伸戊烯基、伸己烯基、伸庚烯基、伸辛烯基等。As the alkenylene group of the divalent linking group in L, an alkenylene group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkenylene group having 2 to 45 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkenylene group having 2 to 40 carbon atoms is preferable. Excellent. This alkenylene group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. As such an alkenylene group, a methyl vinylene group, a cyclohexenylene group, a pentenylene group, a hexenylene group, a heptenene group, an octenylene group, etc. are mentioned, for example.

作為L中之2價連結基的伸炔基,以碳原子數2~50之伸炔基較佳,碳原子數2~45之伸炔基更佳,碳原子數2~40之伸炔基特佳。此伸炔基,可為直鏈狀、支鏈狀、環狀之任一者。作為如此之伸炔基,可舉例例如甲基伸乙炔基、伸環己炔基、伸戊炔基、伸己炔基、伸庚炔基、伸辛炔基等。The alkynylene group of the divalent linking group in L is preferably an alkynylene group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkynylene group having 2 to 45 carbon atoms, and an alkynylene group having 2 to 40 carbon atoms. Excellent. The alkynylene group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. As such an alkynylene group, a methylethynylene group, a cyclohexylene group, a pentynyl group, a hexylene group, a heptynylene group, a cyclohexylene group, and the like can be exemplified, for example.

作為L中之2價連結基的伸芳基,以碳原子數6~24之伸芳基較佳,碳原子數6~18之伸芳基更佳,碳原子數6~14之伸芳基進而佳,碳原子數6~10之伸芳基進而更佳。作為伸芳基,可舉例例如伸苯基、伸萘基、伸蒽基等。As the aryl extended group of the divalent linking group in L, the extended aryl group with the carbon number of 6~24 is preferable, the extended aryl group with the carbon number of 6~18 is more preferable, and the extended aryl group with the carbon number of 6~14 is more preferable. More preferably, an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is even more preferable. As the arylidene group, for example, a phenylene group, a naphthylene group, an anthracenide group and the like may be mentioned.

L中之2價連結基的伸烷基、伸烯基、伸炔基及伸芳基,可具有取代基。作為取代基,與一般式(B2-1-1)中之M的取代基相同,較佳為碳原子數為5以上之烷基。The alkylene group, alkenylene group, alkynylene group, and arylidene group of the divalent linking group in L may have a substituent. The substituent is the same as that of M in the general formula (B2-1-1), preferably an alkyl group having 5 or more carbon atoms.

作為L中之由2種以上之2價基的組合而成之基,可舉例例如由伸烷基、源自酞醯亞胺之2價基及氧原子之組合而成之2價基;由源自酞醯亞胺之2價基、氧原子、伸芳基及伸烷基之組合而成之2價基;由伸烷基及源自均苯四甲酸二醯亞胺之2價基之組合而成之2價基;等。由2種以上之2價基的組合而成之基,亦可藉由各別之基之組合形成縮合環等之環。又,由2種以上之2價基的組合而成之基,可為重複單位數為1~10之重複單位。As a group formed by a combination of two or more divalent groups in L, for example, a divalent group formed by a combination of an alkylene group, a divalent group derived from phthalimide, and an oxygen atom; A divalent group derived from a combination of a divalent group of phthalimide, an oxygen atom, an arylidene group, and an alkylene group; a combination of an alkylene group and a divalent group derived from pyromellitic acid diimide into the 2-price basis; etc. A group consisting of a combination of two or more divalent groups may form a ring such as a condensed ring by a combination of the respective groups. In addition, the group consisting of a combination of two or more divalent groups may be a repeating unit whose number of repeating units is 1 to 10.

其中,作為一般式(D-1-1)中之L,以氧原子、可具有取代基之碳原子數6~24之伸芳基、可具有取代基之碳原子數為1~50之伸烷基、碳原子數為5以上之烷基、源自酞醯亞胺之2價基、源自均苯四甲酸二醯亞胺之2價基,或由此等之基之2個以上的組合而成之2價基較佳。其中,作為L,以具有伸烷基;伸烷基-源自酞醯亞胺之2價基-氧原子-源自酞醯亞胺之2價基的結構之2價基;具有伸烷基-源自酞醯亞胺之2價基-氧原子-伸芳基-伸烷基-伸芳基-氧原子-源自酞醯亞胺之2價的結構之2價基;具有伸烷基-源自均苯四甲酸二醯亞胺之2價基的結構之2價基;具有伸炔基-源自酞醯亞胺之2價基-氧原子-源自酞醯亞胺之2價基的結構之2價基;具有伸炔基-源自酞醯亞胺之2價基-氧原子-伸芳基-伸炔基-伸芳基-氧原子-源自酞醯亞胺之2價基的結構之2價基;具有伸炔基-源自均苯四甲酸二醯亞胺之2價基的結構之2價基更佳。Wherein, as L in the general formula (D-1-1), an oxygen atom, an aryl group with a carbon number of 6 to 24 which may have a substituent, an extension with a carbon number of 1 to 50 which may have a substituent An alkyl group, an alkyl group having 5 or more carbon atoms, a divalent group derived from phthalimide, a divalent group derived from pyromellitic acid diimide, or two or more of these groups The combined bivalent base is better. Among them, as L, it has an alkylene group; an alkylene group-a divalent group derived from phthalimide-oxygen atom-a divalent group derived from a divalent group derived from phthalimide; has an alkylene group -Divalent group derived from phthalimide-oxygen atom-arylidene-alkylene-arylidene-oxygen atom-divalent group derived from phthalimide divalent structure; with alkylene - Divalent group of structure derived from diimide of pyromellitic acid; has alkynylene group - Divalent group derived from phthalimide - Oxygen atom - Divalent group derived from phthalimide The divalent group of the structure of the radical; has an alkynylene group-derived from a 2-valent group of phthalimide-oxygen atom-arylidene-alkynylene-arylidene-oxygen atom-derived from phthalimide-2 The divalent group of the structure of the valence group; the divalent group of the structure having an alkynylene group-diimide-pyromellitic acid-derived divalent group is more preferable.

一般式(D-1-1)所示之馬來醯亞胺樹脂,以一般式(D-1-4)所示之馬來醯亞胺樹脂較佳。

Figure 02_image017
一般式(D-1-4)中,M1 各自獨立表示可具有取代基之碳原子數為5以上之2價脂肪族基,Z各自獨立表示可具有取代基之碳原子數為5以上之2價脂肪族基或可具有取代基之具有芳香環之2價基。t表示1~10之整數。The maleimide resin represented by the general formula (D-1-1) is preferably the maleimide resin represented by the general formula (D-1-4).
Figure 02_image017
In the general formula (D-1-4), each M 1 independently represents a divalent aliphatic group having 5 or more carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and each Z independently represents a group which may have a substituent having 5 or more carbon atoms. A divalent aliphatic group or a divalent group having an aromatic ring which may have a substituent. t represents an integer from 1 to 10.

M1 各自獨立表示可具有取代基之碳原子數為5以上之2價脂肪族基。M1 與一般式(D-1-1)中之M相同。M 1 each independently represents a divalent aliphatic group having 5 or more carbon atoms which may have a substituent. M 1 is the same as M in the general formula (D-1-1).

Z各自獨立表示可具有取代基之碳原子數為5以上之2價脂肪族基或可具有取代基之具有芳香環之2價基。作為Z中之2價脂肪族基,可舉例例如伸烷基、伸烯基、伸多烯基(alkapolyenylene) (更佳為雙鍵的數為2)等。2價脂肪族基可為鏈狀、支鏈狀、環狀之任一者,其中以環狀,即可具有取代基之碳原子數為5以上的環狀之2價脂肪族基較佳。Z independently represents a divalent aliphatic group having 5 or more carbon atoms which may have a substituent or a divalent group which has an aromatic ring which may have a substituent. As a divalent aliphatic group in Z, an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, an alkapolyenylene group (more preferably, the number of double bonds is 2) etc. are mentioned, for example. The divalent aliphatic group may be any of chain, branched, and cyclic, and among them, cyclic, that is, a cyclic divalent aliphatic group having 5 or more carbon atoms as a substituent, is preferred.

伸烷基之碳原子數,較佳為6以上,更佳為8以上,較佳為50以下,更佳為45以下,進而佳為40以下。作為如此之伸烷基,可舉例例如具有伸辛基-伸環己基結構之基、具有伸辛基-伸環己基-伸辛基結構之基、具有伸丙基-伸環己基-伸辛基結構之基等。The number of carbon atoms of the alkylene group is preferably 6 or more, more preferably 8 or more, preferably 50 or less, more preferably 45 or less, and still more preferably 40 or less. As such an alkylene group, for example, a group having an octylene-cyclohexylene structure, a group having an octylene-cyclohexylene-octylene structure, a propylidene-cyclohexylene-octylene group, The basis of the structure, etc.

碳原子數為5以上之伸烯基之碳原子數,較佳為6以上,更佳為8以上,較佳為50以下,更佳為45以下,進而佳為40以下。此伸烯基,可為直鏈狀、支鏈狀、環狀之任一者,其中以直鏈狀較佳。此處,所謂環狀之伸烯基,為包含僅由環狀之伸烯基而成之情形與包含直鏈狀之伸烯基與環狀之伸烯基兩者之情形的概念。作為如此之伸烯基,可舉例例如伸戊炔基、伸己炔基、伸庚炔基、伸辛炔基、伸壬炔基、伸癸炔基、伸十一炔基、伸十二炔基、伸十三炔基、伸十七炔基、伸三十六炔基、具有伸辛炔基-伸環己炔基結構之基、具有伸辛炔基-伸環己炔基-伸辛炔基結構之基、具有伸丙炔基-伸環己炔基-伸辛炔基結構之基等。The number of carbon atoms in the alkenylene group having 5 or more carbon atoms is preferably 6 or more, more preferably 8 or more, preferably 50 or less, more preferably 45 or less, and still more preferably 40 or less. The alkenylene group may be any of linear, branched and cyclic, among which linear is preferred. Here, the cyclic alkenylene group is a concept that includes both the case where the cyclic alkenylene group is composed only and the case where both the linear alkenylene group and the cyclic alkenylene group are included. Examples of such alkenylene groups include pentynyl, hexynyl, heptynyl, octynyl, non-nonynyl, decynyl, undecynyl, and dodecynyl. Alkyl, tridecynyl, heptadecynyl, trihexadecynyl, groups with octynyl-cyclohexylene structure, octynyl-cyclohexynyl-cyclohexylidene alkynyl-structured groups, groups with propynylidene-cyclohexynylidene-octynylidene structures, and the like.

作為Z所表示之具有芳香環之2價基中之芳香環,可舉例例如苯環、萘環、蒽環、酞醯亞胺環、均苯四甲酸二醯亞胺環、芳香族雜環等,以苯環、酞醯亞胺環、均苯四甲酸二醯亞胺環較佳。即,作為具有芳香環之2價基,以可具有取代基之具有苯環之2價基、可具有取代基之具有酞醯亞胺環之2價基、可具有取代基之具有均苯四甲酸二醯亞胺環之2價基較佳。作為具有芳香環之2價基,可舉例例如由源自酞醯亞胺之2價基及氧原子之組合而成之基;由源自酞醯亞胺之2價基、氧原子、由伸芳基及伸烷基之組合而成之基;由伸烷基及源自均苯四甲酸二醯亞胺之2價基之組合而成之基;源自均苯四甲酸二醯亞胺之2價基;由源自酞醯亞胺之2價基及伸烷基之組合而成之基;等。上述伸芳基,與一般式(D-1-1)中之L所表示之2價連結基中之伸芳基相同。Examples of the aromatic ring in the divalent group having an aromatic ring represented by Z include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a phthalimide ring, a pyromellitic acid diimide ring, an aromatic heterocyclic ring, and the like. , preferably a benzene ring, a phthalimide ring, and a pyromellitic acid diimide ring. That is, as a divalent group having an aromatic ring, a divalent group having a benzene ring which may have a substituent, a divalent group having a phthalimide ring which may have a substituent, and a pyromellitic tetramine which may have a substituent The divalent group of the formic acid diimide ring is preferred. As a divalent group having an aromatic ring, for example, a group consisting of a combination of a divalent group derived from phthalimide and an oxygen atom; a divalent group derived from phthalimide, an oxygen atom, an aromatic A group consisting of a combination of an alkylene group and an alkylene group; a group consisting of a combination of an alkylene group and a divalent group derived from pyromellitic acid diimide; a divalent group derived from pyromellitic acid diimide group; a group formed by a combination of a divalent group derived from phthalimide and an alkylene group; and the like. The above-mentioned aryl group is the same as the aryl group in the divalent linking group represented by L in the general formula (D-1-1).

Z所表示之伸烷基及具有芳香環之2價基,可具有取代基。作為取代基,與一般式(D-1-1)中之M所具有之取代基相同。The alkylene group represented by Z and the divalent group having an aromatic ring may have a substituent. The substituents are the same as those of M in the general formula (D-1-1).

作為Z所表示之基之具體例,可舉例以下之基。式中,「*」表示鍵結處。

Figure 02_image019
Figure 02_image021
Specific examples of the group represented by Z include the following groups. In the formula, "*" represents the bond.
Figure 02_image019
Figure 02_image021

一般式(D-1-1)所示之化合物,以一般式(D-1-5)所示之化合物,及一般式(D-1-6)所示之化合物之任一者較佳。

Figure 02_image023
一般式(D-1-5)中,M2 及M3 各自獨立表示可具有取代基之碳原子數為5以上之2價脂肪族基,R40 各自獨立表示氧原子、伸芳基、伸烷基,或由此等之基之2個以上的組合而成之2價基。t1表示1~10之整數。 一般式(D-1-6)中,M4 、M6 及M7 各自獨立表示可具有取代基之碳原子數為5以上之脂肪族基,M5 各自獨立表示可具有取代基之具有芳香環之2價基,R41 及R42 各自獨立表示碳原子數為5以上之烷基。t2表示0~10之整數,u1及u2各自獨立表示0~4之整數。The compound represented by the general formula (D-1-1) is preferably either the compound represented by the general formula (D-1-5) or the compound represented by the general formula (D-1-6).
Figure 02_image023
In the general formula (D-1-5), M 2 and M 3 each independently represent a divalent aliphatic group with 5 or more carbon atoms that may have a substituent, and R 40 each independently represents an oxygen atom, an aryl group, an extended group An alkyl group, or a divalent group formed by combining two or more of these groups. t1 represents an integer from 1 to 10. In the general formula (D-1-6), M 4 , M 6 and M 7 each independently represent an optionally substituted aliphatic group having 5 or more carbon atoms, and M 5 each independently represent an optionally substituted aromatic group In the ring divalent group, R 41 and R 42 each independently represent an alkyl group having 5 or more carbon atoms. t2 represents an integer from 0 to 10, and u1 and u2 each independently represent an integer from 0 to 4.

M2 及M3 各自獨立表示可具有取代基之碳原子數為5以上之2價脂肪族基。M2 及M3 與一般式(D-1-1)中之M所表示之碳原子數為5以上之2價脂肪族基相同,以伸三十六炔基、伸三十六基較佳。M 2 and M 3 each independently represent a divalent aliphatic group having 5 or more carbon atoms which may have a substituent. M 2 and M 3 are the same as the divalent aliphatic groups with 5 or more carbon atoms represented by M in the general formula (D-1-1), preferably trihexadecyl and trihexadecyl .

R40 各自獨立表示氧原子、伸芳基、伸烷基,或由此等2種以上之2價基的組合而成之基。伸芳基、伸烷基,與一般式(D-1-1)中之L所表示之2價連結基中之伸芳基及伸烷基相同。作為R40 ,以由2種以上之2價基的組合而成之基或氧原子較佳。R 40 each independently represents an oxygen atom, an aryl group, an alkyl group, or a group formed by combining two or more divalent groups thereof. The arylidene group and the alkylene group are the same as the arylidene group and the alkylene group in the divalent linking group represented by L in the general formula (D-1-1). As R 40 , a group or an oxygen atom composed of a combination of two or more divalent groups is preferred.

作為R40 中之由2種以上之2價基的組合而成之基,可舉例氧原子、伸芳基,及伸烷基之組合。作為由2種以上之2價基的組合而成之基之具體例,可舉例以下之基。式中,「*」表示鍵結處。

Figure 02_image025
As a group consisting of a combination of two or more divalent groups in R 40 , an oxygen atom, an aryl group, and a combination of an alkyl group can be exemplified. As a specific example of the group which consists of a combination of 2 or more types of divalent groups, the following groups are mentioned. In the formula, "*" represents the bond.
Figure 02_image025

M4 、M6 及M7 各自獨立表示可具有取代基之碳原子數為5以上之脂肪族基。M4 、M6 及M7 ,與一般式(D-1-1)中之M所表示之可具有取代基之碳原子數為5以上之脂肪族基相同,以伸己基、伸庚基、伸辛基、伸壬基、伸癸基較佳,伸辛基更佳。M 4 , M 6 and M 7 each independently represent an aliphatic group having 5 or more carbon atoms which may have a substituent. M 4 , M 6 and M 7 are the same as the aliphatic groups with 5 or more carbon atoms which may have a substituent represented by M in the general formula (D-1-1), and are represented by hexyl, heptyl, Preferred are octyl, nonyl, and decyl, and more preferred are octyl.

M5 各自獨立表示可具有取代基之具有芳香環之2價基。M5 與一般式(D-1-4)中之Z所表示之可具有取代基之具有芳香環之2價基相同,以由伸烷基及源自均苯四甲酸二醯亞胺之2價基之組合而成之基;由源自酞醯亞胺之2價基及伸烷基之組合而成之基較佳,由伸烷基及源自均苯四甲酸二醯亞胺之2價基之組合而成之基更佳。上述伸芳基及伸烷基,與一般式(D-1-1)中之L所表示之2價連結基中之伸芳基及伸烷基相同。M 5 each independently represents a divalent group having an aromatic ring which may have a substituent. M 5 is the same as the divalent group having an aromatic ring that may have a substituent represented by Z in the general formula (D-1-4), and is composed of an alkylene group and a divalent group derived from pyromellitic acid diimide. A group formed by a combination of groups; a group formed by a combination of a divalent group derived from phthalimide and an alkylene group is preferred, and a group formed from an alkylene group and a divalent group derived from pyromellitic acid diimide The combination of the foundation is better. The arylidene group and the alkylene group mentioned above are the same as the arylidene group and the alkylene group in the divalent linking group represented by L in the general formula (D-1-1).

作為M5 所表示之基之具體例,可舉例例如以下之基。式中,「*」表示鍵結處。

Figure 02_image027
Specific examples of the group represented by M 5 include the following groups. In the formula, "*" represents the bond.
Figure 02_image027

R41 及R42 各自獨立表示碳原子數為5以上之烷基。R41 及R42 ,與上述碳原子數為5以上之烷基相同,以己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基較佳,己基、辛基更佳。R 41 and R 42 each independently represent an alkyl group having 5 or more carbon atoms. R 41 and R 42 are the same as the above-mentioned alkyl groups having 5 or more carbon atoms, preferably hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, and decyl, and more preferably hexyl and octyl.

u1及u2各自獨立表示1~15之整數,以1~10之整數較佳。u1 and u2 each independently represent an integer of 1 to 15, preferably an integer of 1 to 10.

作為(D-1)成分之具體例,可舉例以下之(D-i)~(D-iii)的化合物,不限定於此等具體例。式中,v表示1~10之整數。

Figure 02_image029
Figure 02_image031
As a specific example of the component (D-1), the following compounds (Di) to (D-iii) can be exemplified, but are not limited to these specific examples. In the formula, v represents an integer from 1 to 10.
Figure 02_image029
Figure 02_image031

作為(D-1)成分之具體例,可舉例Designer Molecules公司製之「BMI1500」(式(D-i)之化合物)、「BMI1700」(式(D-ii)之化合物)、「BMI689」(式(D-iii)之化合物)等。Specific examples of the component (D-1) include "BMI1500" (the compound of the formula (D-i)), "BMI1700" (the compound of the formula (D-ii)), "BMI689" (the compound of the formula ( Compounds of D-iii)) and the like.

(D-1)成分之重量平均分子量(Mw),較佳為150~5000,更佳為300~2500。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the component (D-1) is preferably 150 to 5000, more preferably 300 to 2500.

(D-1)成分之馬來醯亞胺基當量,由顯著獲得本發明期望的效果之觀點來看,較佳為50g/eq.~ 2000g/eq.,更佳為100g/eq.~1000g/eq.,進而佳為150g/eq.~ 500g/eq.。馬來醯亞胺基當量,為包含1當量馬來醯亞胺基之(D-1)成分的質量。The maleimide group equivalent of the component (D-1) is preferably 50g/eq.~2000g/eq., more preferably 100g/eq.~1000g, from the viewpoint of significantly obtaining the desired effect of the present invention /eq., more preferably 150g/eq.~500g/eq.. The maleimide group equivalent is the mass of the component (D-1) containing 1 equivalent of the maleimide group.

(D-2)成分,為具有與馬來醯亞胺基之氮原子直接鍵結之芳香族環的馬來醯亞胺化合物。(D-2)成分,例如,可藉由使包含芳香族胺化合物(芳香族二胺化合物等)與馬來酸酐之成分進行醯亞胺化反應而得。The component (D-2) is a maleimide compound having an aromatic ring directly bonded to a nitrogen atom of a maleimide group. (D-2) Component can be obtained, for example, by subjecting a component containing an aromatic amine compound (aromatic diamine compound, etc.) and maleic anhydride to an imidization reaction.

芳香族環,可為碳環或雜環。作為芳香族環,可舉例例如苯環、呋喃環、噻吩環、吡咯環、吡唑環、

Figure 110124770-A0304-12-0059-1
唑環、異
Figure 110124770-A0304-12-0059-1
唑環、噻唑環、咪唑環、吡啶環、嗒
Figure 110124770-A0304-12-0000-4
環、嘧啶環、吡
Figure 110124770-A0304-12-0000-4
環等之單環式之芳香族環;萘環、蒽環、苯并呋喃環、異苯并呋喃環、吲哚環、異吲哚環、苯并噻吩環、苯并咪唑環、吲唑環、苯并
Figure 110124770-A0304-12-0059-1
唑環、苯并異
Figure 110124770-A0304-12-0059-1
唑環、苯并噻唑環、喹啉環、異喹啉環、喹喔啉環、吖啶環、喹唑啉環、噌啉環、呔
Figure 110124770-A0304-12-0000-4
環等之2個以上之單環式之芳香族環縮合而成之縮合環;二氫茚環、茀環、四氫萘環等之於1個以上之單環式之芳香族環縮合1個以上之單環式之非芳香族環而成之縮合環等。其中,作為芳香族環,以單環式之芳香族環較佳,苯環更佳。Aromatic ring, which can be carbocyclic or heterocyclic. As the aromatic ring, for example, a benzene ring, a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring,
Figure 110124770-A0304-12-0059-1
azole ring, iso
Figure 110124770-A0304-12-0059-1
azole ring, thiazole ring, imidazole ring, pyridine ring, pyridine
Figure 110124770-A0304-12-0000-4
ring, pyrimidine ring, pyridine
Figure 110124770-A0304-12-0000-4
Monocyclic aromatic rings such as rings; naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, benzofuran ring, isobenzofuran ring, indole ring, isoindole ring, benzothiophene ring, benzimidazole ring, indazole ring , benzo
Figure 110124770-A0304-12-0059-1
azole ring, benziso
Figure 110124770-A0304-12-0059-1
azole ring, benzothiazole ring, quinoline ring, isoquinoline ring, quinoxaline ring, acridine ring, quinazoline ring, cinnoline ring,
Figure 110124770-A0304-12-0000-4
A condensed ring formed by condensing two or more monocyclic aromatic rings such as rings; one or more monocyclic aromatic rings such as dihydroindene ring, perylene ring, tetrahydronaphthalene ring condensed The above-mentioned monocyclic non-aromatic rings are condensed rings and the like. Among them, as the aromatic ring, a monocyclic aromatic ring is preferable, and a benzene ring is more preferable.

作為(D-2)成分,以下述式(D-2-1)所示之化合物較佳。

Figure 02_image033
As the component (D-2), a compound represented by the following formula (D-2-1) is preferred.
Figure 02_image033

式中,Rc 各自獨立,表示取代基;Xc 各自獨立,表示單鍵、伸烷基、伸烯基、-O-、-CO-、-S-、-SO-、-SO2 -、-CONH-、-NHCO-、-COO-,或-OCO-(較佳為單鍵或伸烷基);Zc 各自獨立,表示可具有取代基之非芳香環,或可具有取代基之芳香環(較佳為可具有取代基之芳香環,特佳為可具有取代基之苯環);s表示1以上之整數(較佳為1~100之整數,更佳為1~50之整數,進而佳為1~20之整數);t1各自獨立,表示0或1以上之整數;u各自獨立,表示0~2之整數(較佳為0)]所示之馬來醯亞胺化合物,特佳為式(D-2-2)~(D-2-5):In the formula, R c each independently represents a substituent; X c each independently represents a single bond, an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, -O-, -CO-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -CONH-, -NHCO-, -COO-, or -OCO- (preferably a single bond or an alkylene group); Z c are each independently, representing a non-aromatic ring that may have a substituent, or an aromatic ring that may have a substituent Ring (preferably an aromatic ring that may have a substituent, particularly preferably a benzene ring that may have a substituent); s represents an integer of 1 or more (preferably an integer of 1 to 100, more preferably an integer of 1 to 50, and preferably an integer of 1 to 20); t1 is independently an integer of 0 or more; u is independently an integer of 0 to 2 (preferably 0)] The maleimide compound represented by, particularly The best formula is (D-2-2)~(D-2-5):

Figure 02_image035
式中,Rc1 、Rc2 及Rc3 各自獨立,表示烷基;Xc1 及Xc2 各自獨立,表示單鍵或伸烷基;s表示1以上之整數(較佳為1~100之整數,更佳為1~50之整數,進而佳為1~20之整數);t’表示1~5之整數;v1、v2及v3各自獨立,表示0~2之整數(較佳為0)。此外,s單位、t單位、t’單位、v單位、v1單位、v2單位及v3單位,分別可每單位皆相同,亦可不同。
Figure 02_image035
In the formula, R c1 , R c2 and R c3 are each independently and represent an alkyl group; X c1 and X c2 are each independently and represent a single bond or an alkylene group; s represents an integer of 1 or more (preferably an integer from 1 to 100, More preferably, it is an integer of 1 to 50, more preferably an integer of 1 to 20); t' represents an integer of 1 to 5; v1, v2 and v3 are each independently and represent an integer of 0 to 2 (preferably 0). In addition, the s unit, the t unit, the t' unit, the v unit, the v1 unit, the v2 unit, and the v3 unit may be the same or different for each unit, respectively.

又,作為其他實施形態,(D-2)成分,例如以藉由下述式(D-2-6)表示之結構較佳。

Figure 02_image037
式中,R31 及R36 表示馬來醯亞胺基,R32 、R33 、R34 及R35 ,各自獨立表示氫原子、烷基或芳基,D各自獨立表示2價芳香族基。m1及m2各自獨立表示1~10之整數,a表示1~100之整數。Moreover, as another embodiment, it is preferable that (D-2) component has the structure represented by following formula (D-2-6), for example.
Figure 02_image037
In the formula, R 31 and R 36 represent a maleimide group, R 32 , R 33 , R 34 and R 35 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, and D each independently represents a divalent aromatic group. m1 and m2 each independently represent an integer from 1 to 10, and a represents an integer from 1 to 100.

式(D-2-6)中之R32 、R33 、R34 及R35 ,各自獨立表示氫原子、烷基,或芳基,以氫原子較佳。R 32 , R 33 , R 34 and R 35 in formula (D-2-6) each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group, preferably a hydrogen atom.

作為烷基,以碳原子數1~10之烷基較佳,碳原子數1~6之烷基更佳,碳原子數1~3之烷基進而佳。烷基,可為直鏈狀、分支狀或環狀。如作為此之烷基,可舉例例如甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、異丙基等。As the alkyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is even more preferable. The alkyl group can be linear, branched or cyclic. As such an alkyl group, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, an isopropyl group, etc. are mentioned, for example.

芳基,以碳原子數6~20之芳基較佳,碳原子數6~15之芳基更佳,碳原子數6~10之芳基進而佳。芳基,可為單環,亦可為縮合環。作為如此之芳基,可舉例例如苯基、萘基、蒽基等。The aryl group is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, and even more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms. The aryl group may be a single ring or a condensed ring. As such an aryl group, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthracenyl group, etc. are mentioned, for example.

烷基及芳基可具有取代基。作為取代基無特別限制,可舉例例如鹵素原子、-OH、-O-C1-6 烷基、    -N(C1-10 烷基)2 、C1-10 烷基、C6-10 芳基、-NH2 、-CN、    -C(O)O-C1-10 烷基、-COOH、-C(O)H、-NO2 等。此處,「Cp-q 」(p及q為正整數,滿足p<q)之用語,表示此用語之後緊接記載的有機基之碳原子數為p~q。例如,「C1-10 烷基」之表現,表示碳原子數1~10之烷基。此等取代基。可互相鍵結形成環,環結構亦包含螺環或縮合環。The alkyl group and the aryl group may have a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited, and examples include halogen atom, -OH, -OC 1-6 alkyl, -N(C 1-10 alkyl) 2 , C 1-10 alkyl, C 6-10 aryl, -NH 2 , -CN, -C(O)OC 1-10 alkyl, -COOH, -C(O)H, -NO 2 and the like. Here, the term "C pq " (p and q are positive integers and satisfy p<q) means that the number of carbon atoms of the organic group described immediately after the term is p to q. For example, the expression "C 1-10 alkyl" means an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. such substituents. They can be bonded to each other to form a ring, and the ring structure also includes a spiro ring or a condensed ring.

上述取代基,亦可進一步具有取代基(以下,有稱為「二次取代基」之情形)。作為二次取代基,若無特別記載,則可使用與上述取代基相同者。The above-mentioned substituent may further have a substituent (hereinafter, it may be referred to as a "secondary substituent"). As the secondary substituent, unless otherwise specified, the same ones as those described above can be used.

式(D-2-6)中之D表示2價芳香族基。作為2價芳香族基,可舉例例如伸苯基、伸萘基、伸蒽基、芳烷基、伸聯苯基、聯苯芳烷基等,其中,以伸聯苯基、聯苯芳烷基較佳,伸聯苯基更佳。2價芳香族基可具有取代基。作為取代基,與式(D-2-6)中之R32 所表示之烷基可具有的取代基相同。D in formula (D-2-6) represents a divalent aromatic group. Examples of the divalent aromatic group include phenylene, naphthylene, anthracenyl, aralkyl, biphenylene, biphenylaralkyl, etc. The base is preferred, and the biphenylene is more preferred. The divalent aromatic group may have a substituent. The substituents are the same as those that the alkyl group represented by R 32 in the formula (D-2-6) may have.

m1及m2各自獨立表示1~10之整數,較佳為1~6,更佳為1~3,進而佳為1~2,1更進而佳。m1 and m2 each independently represent an integer of 1 to 10, preferably 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 3, still more preferably 1 to 2, and even more preferably 1.

a表示1~100之整數,較佳為1~50,更佳為1~20,進而佳為1~5。a represents an integer of 1 to 100, preferably 1 to 50, more preferably 1 to 20, and still more preferably 1 to 5.

作為(D-2)成分,以式(D-2-7)所示之樹脂較佳。

Figure 02_image039
式中,R37 及R38 表示馬來醯亞胺基。a1表示1~100之整數。As the component (D-2), the resin represented by the formula (D-2-7) is preferable.
Figure 02_image039
In the formula, R 37 and R 38 represent a maleimide group. a1 represents an integer from 1 to 100.

a1與式(D-2-6)中之a相同,較佳的範圍亦相同。a1 is the same as a in formula (D-2-6), and the preferred range is also the same.

作為(D-2)成分之市售品,可舉例例如日本化藥公司製之「MIR-3000-70MT」;K・I化成公司製「BMI-50P」;大和化成工業公司製之「BMI-1000」、「BMI-1000H」、「BMI-1100」、「BMI-1100H」、「BMI-4000」、「BMI-5100」;K・I化成公司製「BMI-4,4’-BPE」、「BMI-70」、K・I化成公司製「BMI-80」等。As a commercial product of the component (D-2), for example, "MIR-3000-70MT" manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.; "BMI-50P" manufactured by K・I Chemical Co., Ltd.; "BMI-50P" manufactured by Yamato Chemical Co., Ltd. 1000", "BMI-1000H", "BMI-1100", "BMI-1100H", "BMI-4000", "BMI-5100"; K・I Chemical Co., Ltd. "BMI-4,4'-BPE", "BMI-70", "BMI-80" manufactured by K・I Chemical Co., Ltd., etc.

(D-2)成分之重量平均分子量(Mw),較佳為150~5000,更佳為300~2500。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the component (D-2) is preferably 150-5000, more preferably 300-2500.

(D-2)成分之馬來醯亞胺基之官能基當量,較佳為50g/eq.~2000g/eq.,更佳為100g/eq.~1000g/eq.進而佳為150g/eq.~500g/eq.,特佳為200g/eq.~300g/eq.。The functional group equivalent of the maleimide group of the component (D-2) is preferably 50g/eq.~2000g/eq., more preferably 100g/eq.~1000g/eq. and more preferably 150g/eq. ~500g/eq., preferably 200g/eq.~300g/eq.

(D-3)成分,為包含三甲基二氫茚骨架之馬來醯亞胺化合物。所謂三甲基二氫茚骨架,表示下述式(D-3-1)所示之骨架。The component (D-3) is a maleimide compound containing a trimethyldihydroindene skeleton. The trimethyldihydroindene skeleton means a skeleton represented by the following formula (D-3-1).

Figure 02_image041
Figure 02_image041

三甲基二氫茚骨架所含之苯環上,亦可鍵結取代基。作為取代基,可舉例例如烷基、烷基氧基、烷硫基、芳基、芳氧基、芳硫基、環烷基、鹵素原子、羥基,及巰基。 烷基之碳原子數,較佳為1~10。作為烷基,可舉例例如甲基、乙基、丙基、n-丁基、t-丁基等。 烷基氧基之碳原子數,較佳為1~10。作為烷基氧基,可舉例例如甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基等。 烷硫基之碳原子數,較佳為1~10。作為烷硫基,可舉例例如甲硫基、乙硫基、丙硫基、丁硫基等。 芳基之碳原子數,較佳為6~10。作為芳基,可舉例例如苯基、萘基等。 芳氧基之碳原子數,較佳為6~10。作為芳氧基,可舉例例如苯基氧基、萘基氧基等。 芳硫基之碳原子數,較佳為6~10。作為芳硫基,可舉例例如苯基硫基、萘基硫基等。 環烷基之碳原子數,較佳為3~10。作為環烷基,可舉例例如環戊基、環己基、環庚基等。 作為鹵素原子,可舉例例如氟原子、氯原子、碘原子等。Substituents may also be bonded to the benzene ring contained in the trimethyldihydroindene skeleton. As the substituent, for example, an alkyl group, an alkyloxy group, an alkylthio group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, an arylthio group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, and a mercapto group can be exemplified. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably 1-10. Examples of the alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, propyl, n-butyl, t-butyl and the like. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyloxy group is preferably 1-10. As an alkyloxy group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, a butoxy group, etc. are mentioned, for example. The number of carbon atoms in the alkylthio group is preferably 1 to 10. As an alkylthio group, a methylthio group, an ethylthio group, a propylthio group, a butylthio group, etc. are mentioned, for example. The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group is preferably 6-10. As an aryl group, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, etc. are mentioned, for example. The number of carbon atoms of the aryloxy group is preferably 6-10. As an aryloxy group, a phenyloxy group, a naphthyloxy group, etc. are mentioned, for example. The number of carbon atoms of the arylthio group is preferably 6-10. As an arylthio group, a phenylthio group, a naphthylthio group, etc. are mentioned, for example. The number of carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group is preferably 3-10. As a cycloalkyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group, etc. are mentioned, for example. As a halogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, an iodine atom, etc. are mentioned, for example.

前述之取代基之中,烷基、烷基氧基、烷硫基、芳基、芳氧基、芳硫基,及環烷基之氫原子,亦可被鹵素原子取代。Among the aforementioned substituents, the hydrogen atom of the alkyl group, the alkyloxy group, the alkylthio group, the aryl group, the aryloxy group, the arylthio group, and the cycloalkyl group may be substituted by a halogen atom.

三甲基二氫茚骨架所含之1個苯環上鍵結之取代基的數,可為1,亦可為2以上。三甲基二氫茚骨架所含之苯環上鍵結之取代基的數,通常為0以上3以下。取代基的數為2以上時,該等2以上之取代基可相同,亦可不同。其中,三甲基二氫茚骨架所含之苯環上,以未鍵結取代基較佳。The number of substituents bonded to one benzene ring contained in the trimethyldihydroindene skeleton may be 1 or may be 2 or more. The number of substituents bonded to the benzene ring contained in the trimethyldihydroindene skeleton is usually 0 or more and 3 or less. When the number of substituents is 2 or more, these 2 or more substituents may be the same or different. Among them, the benzene ring contained in the trimethyldihydroindene skeleton is preferably an unbonded substituent.

(D-3)成分之1分子中所含之三甲基二氫茚骨架的數,可為1,亦可為2以上。上限,例如,可為10以下,8以下,7以下,或6以下。The number of trimethyldihydroindene skeletons contained in 1 molecule of the component (D-3) may be 1 or may be 2 or more. The upper limit may be, for example, 10 or less, 8 or less, 7 or less, or 6 or less.

(D-3)成分,上述三甲基二氫茚骨架之外,以另包含芳香環骨架較佳。該芳香環骨架之環構成碳的數,較佳為6~10。作為芳香環骨架,可舉例例如苯環骨架、萘環骨架等。(D-3)成分之1分子中所含之前述之芳香環骨架的數,較佳為1以上,更佳為2以上,較佳為6以下,更佳為4以下,特佳為3以下。(D-3)成分在三甲基二氫茚骨架之外包含2以上之芳香環骨架時,該等芳香環骨架可相同,亦可不同。The component (D-3) preferably contains an aromatic ring skeleton in addition to the above-mentioned trimethyldihydroindene skeleton. The number of carbon atoms constituting the ring of the aromatic ring skeleton is preferably 6-10. As an aromatic ring skeleton, a benzene ring skeleton, a naphthalene ring skeleton, etc. are mentioned, for example. The number of the above-mentioned aromatic ring skeleton contained in one molecule of the component (D-3) is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, preferably 6 or less, more preferably 4 or less, particularly preferably 3 or less . When the component (D-3) contains two or more aromatic ring skeletons in addition to the trimethyldihydroindene skeleton, these aromatic ring skeletons may be the same or different.

前述之芳香環骨架所含之芳香環上,亦可鍵結取代基。作為取代基,可舉例例如作為三甲基二氫茚骨架所含之苯環上可鍵結之取代基之上述取代基,及硝基。1個芳香環上鍵結之取代基的數,可為1,亦可為2以上。芳香環上鍵結之取代基的數,通常為0以上4以下。取代基的數為2以上時,該等2以上之取代基可相同,亦可不同。A substituent may be bonded to the aromatic ring contained in the aforementioned aromatic ring skeleton. Examples of the substituent include the above-mentioned substituents which can be bonded to the benzene ring contained in the trimethylindene skeleton, and a nitro group. The number of substituents bonded to one aromatic ring may be one or two or more. The number of substituents bonded to the aromatic ring is usually 0 or more and 4 or less. When the number of substituents is 2 or more, these 2 or more substituents may be the same or different.

(D-3)成分,上述三甲基二氫茚骨架之外,以另包含2價脂肪族烴基較佳。特別是,(D-3)成分包含三甲基二氫茚骨架所含之苯環以外之芳香環骨架時,以(D-3)成分包含2價脂肪族烴基較佳。此時,2價脂肪族烴基,以連結三甲基二氫茚骨架所含之苯環與芳香環骨架之間較佳。又,2價脂肪族烴基,以連結芳香環骨架彼此之間較佳。The component (D-3) preferably contains a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group in addition to the above-mentioned trimethyldihydroindene skeleton. In particular, when the component (D-3) contains an aromatic ring skeleton other than the benzene ring contained in the trimethyldihydroindene skeleton, it is preferable that the component (D-3) contains a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group. In this case, the divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably connected between the benzene ring and the aromatic ring skeleton contained in the trimethyldihydroindene skeleton. In addition, it is preferable that the divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group connects the aromatic ring skeletons.

2價脂肪族烴基之碳原子數,較佳為1以上,較佳為12以下,更佳為8以下,特佳為5以下。作為2價脂肪族烴基,以作為飽和脂肪族烴基之伸烷基更佳。作為2價脂肪族烴基,可舉例亞甲基、伸乙基、三亞甲基、四亞甲基、五亞甲基、六亞甲基等之直鏈伸烷基;亞乙基   (-CH(CH3 )-)、亞丙基(-CH(CH2 CH3 )-)、異亞丙基(-C(CH3 )2 -)、乙基甲基亞甲基(-C(CH3 ) (CH2 CH3 )-)、二乙基亞甲基   (-C(CH2 CH3 )2 -)等之支鏈伸烷基;等。(B2-3)包含三甲基二氫茚骨架之馬來醯亞胺化合物在三甲基二氫茚骨架之外包含2以上之2價脂肪族烴基時,該等2價脂肪族烴基可相同,亦可不同。The number of carbon atoms of the divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 1 or more, preferably 12 or less, more preferably 8 or less, and particularly preferably 5 or less. As the divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an alkylene group which is a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group is more preferable. Examples of the divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group include straight-chain alkylene groups such as methylene, ethylidene, trimethylene, tetramethylene, pentamethylene, and hexamethylene; ethylene (-CH( CH 3 )-), propylene (-CH(CH 2 CH 3 )-), isopropylidene (-C(CH 3 ) 2 -), ethylmethylmethylene (-C(CH 3 ) (CH 2 CH 3 )-), diethylmethylene (-C(CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 -), etc.; branched alkylene; etc. (B2-3) When the maleimide compound containing a trimethyldihydroindene skeleton contains two or more divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon groups in addition to the trimethyldihydroindene skeleton, the divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon groups may be the same , can be different.

(D-3)成分,以包含下述式(D-3-2)所示之結構較佳。可(D-3)成分之全體具有式(D-3-2)所示之結構,亦可(D-3)成分之部分具有式(D-3-2)所示之結構。

Figure 02_image043
The component (D-3) preferably contains a structure represented by the following formula (D-3-2). The whole of the component (D-3) may have the structure represented by the formula (D-3-2), or the part of the component (D-3) may have the structure represented by the formula (D-3-2).
Figure 02_image043

(式中,Ara1 表示可具有取代基之2價芳香族烴基;Ra1 各自獨立,表示碳原子數1~10之烷基、碳原子數1~10之烷基氧基、碳原子數1~10之烷硫基、碳原子數6~10之芳基、碳原子數6~10之芳氧基、碳原子數6~10之芳硫基、碳原子數3~10之環烷基、鹵素原子、硝基、羥基,或巰基;Ra2 各自獨立,表示碳原子數1~10之烷基、碳原子數1~10之烷基氧基、碳原子數1~10之烷硫基、碳原子數6~10之芳基、碳原子數6~10之芳氧基、碳原子數6~10之芳硫基、碳原子數3~10之環烷基、鹵素原子、羥基,或巰基;Ra3 各自獨立,表示2價脂肪族烴基;na1 表示正整數;na2 各自獨立,表示0~4之整數;na3 各自獨立,表示0~3之整數。Ra1 之烷基、烷基氧基、烷硫基、芳基、芳氧基、芳硫基,及環烷基之氫原子,亦可被鹵素原子取代。Ra2 之烷基、烷基氧基、烷硫基、芳基、芳氧基、芳硫基,及環烷基之氫原子,亦可被鹵素原子取代。na2 為2~4時,Ra1 在同一環內可相同亦可不同。na3 為2~3時,Ra2 在同一環內可相同亦可不同)。(In the formula, Ar a1 represents a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent; R a1 is each independently and represents an alkyl group with 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkyloxy group with 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and a carbon number of 1 ~10 alkylthio group, aryl group with carbon number 6~10, aryloxy group with carbon number 6~10, arylthio group with carbon number 6~10, cycloalkyl group with carbon number 3~10, Halogen atom, nitro group, hydroxyl group, or mercapto group; R a2 is independent of each other, representing an alkyl group with 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkyloxy group with 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkylthio group with 1 to 10 carbon atoms, Aryl group with 6-10 carbon atoms, aryloxy group with 6-10 carbon atoms, arylthio group with 6-10 carbon atoms, cycloalkyl group with 3-10 carbon atoms, halogen atom, hydroxyl group, or mercapto group ; R a3 is each independent, representing a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group; n a1 represents a positive integer; n a2 is each independent, representing an integer of 0 to 4; Hydrogen atoms of oxy, alkylthio, aryl, aryloxy, arylthio, and cycloalkyl groups can also be substituted by halogen atoms. R a2 is alkyl, alkyloxy, alkylthio, aryl The hydrogen atom of alkoxy group, aryloxy group, arylthio group, and cycloalkyl group can also be substituted by halogen atom. When n a2 is 2~4, R a1 can be the same or different in the same ring. n a3 is 2~ When 3, R a2 may be the same or different in the same ring).

式(D-3-2)中,Ara1 表示可具有取代基之2價芳香族烴基。此2價芳香族烴基之碳原子數,較佳為6以上,較佳為20以下,更佳為16以下。作為2價芳香族烴基,可舉例例如伸苯基、伸萘基。作為2價芳香族烴基可具有之取代基,可舉例例如碳原子數1~10之烷基、碳原子數1~10之烷基氧基、碳原子數1~10之烷硫基、碳原子數6~10之芳基、碳原子數6~10之芳氧基、碳原子數6~10之芳硫基、碳原子數3~10之環烷基、鹵素原子、羥基,及巰基。各取代基之氫原子,亦可進一步被鹵素原子取代。又,作為此等之取代基之具體例,可舉例例如與三甲基二氫茚骨架所含之苯環可鍵結的取代基相同之例。2價芳香族烴基具有取代基時,其取代基的數,較佳為1~4。2價芳香族烴基所具有之取代基的數為2以上時,該等2以上之取代基可相同,亦可不同。其中,Ara1 以不具有取代基之2價芳香族烴基較佳。In formula (D-3-2), Ar a1 represents a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent. The number of carbon atoms in the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 6 or more, preferably 20 or less, and more preferably 16 or less. As a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group, a phenylene group and a naphthylene group are mentioned, for example. As a substituent which the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group may have, for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkyloxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkylthio group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a carbon atom Aryl with 6 to 10 carbon atoms, aryloxy group with 6 to 10 carbon atoms, arylthio group with 6 to 10 carbon atoms, cycloalkyl group with 3 to 10 carbon atoms, halogen atom, hydroxyl group, and mercapto group. The hydrogen atom of each substituent may be further substituted by a halogen atom. Moreover, as a specific example of these substituents, the thing similar to the substituent which can be bonded to the benzene ring contained in a trimethyldihydroindene skeleton is mentioned, for example. When the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group has substituents, the number of the substituents is preferably 1 to 4. When the number of the substituents of the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group is 2 or more, the 2 or more substituents may be the same, can be different. Among them, Ar a1 is preferably an unsubstituted divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group.

式(D-3-2)中,Ra1 各自獨立,表示碳原子數1~10之烷基、碳原子數1~10之烷基氧基、碳原子數1~10之烷硫基、碳原子數6~10之芳基、碳原子數6~10之芳氧基、碳原子數6~10之芳硫基、碳原子數3~10之環烷基、鹵素原子、硝基、羥基,或巰基。烷基、烷基氧基、烷硫基、芳基、芳氧基、芳硫基,及環烷基之氫原子,亦可被鹵素原子取代。作為此等之基之具體例,可舉例例如與三甲基二氫茚骨架所含之苯環可鍵結的取代基相同之例。其中,Ra1 以選自由碳原子數1~4之烷基、碳原子數3~6之環烷基,及碳原子數6~10之芳基所成群組中之1種以上的基更佳,碳原子數1~4之烷基特佳。In formula (D-3-2), R a1 is each independently and represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkyloxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkylthio group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a carbon Aryl with 6-10 atoms, aryloxy with 6-10 carbon atoms, arylthio group with 6-10 carbon atoms, cycloalkyl group with 3-10 carbon atoms, halogen atom, nitro group, hydroxyl group, or thiol. Hydrogen atoms of alkyl groups, alkyloxy groups, alkylthio groups, aryl groups, aryloxy groups, arylthio groups, and cycloalkyl groups may also be substituted by halogen atoms. As a specific example of these groups, the same example as the substituent which can be bonded to the benzene ring contained in the trimethyldihydroindene skeleton can be mentioned, for example. Wherein, R a1 is more than one group selected from the group consisting of an alkyl group with 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group with 3 to 6 carbon atoms, and an aryl group with 6 to 10 carbon atoms. Preferably, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is particularly preferred.

式(D-3-2)中,Ra2 各自獨立,表示碳原子數1~10之烷基、碳原子數1~10之烷基氧基、碳原子數1~10之烷硫基、碳原子數6~10之芳基、碳原子數6~10之芳氧基、碳原子數6~10之芳硫基、碳原子數3~10之環烷基、鹵素原子、羥基,或巰基。烷基、烷基氧基、烷硫基、芳基、芳氧基、芳硫基,及環烷基之氫原子,亦可被鹵素原子取代。作為此等基之具體例,可舉例例如與三甲基二氫茚骨架所含之苯環可鍵結的取代基相同之例。其中,Ra2 以選自由碳原子數1~4之烷基、碳原子數3~6之環烷基,及碳原子數6~10之芳基所成群組中之1種以上之基更佳。In formula (D-3-2), R a2 is each independently and represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkyloxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkylthio group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a carbon An aryl group having 6 to 10 atoms, an aryloxy group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, an arylthio group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or a mercapto group. Hydrogen atoms of alkyl groups, alkyloxy groups, alkylthio groups, aryl groups, aryloxy groups, arylthio groups, and cycloalkyl groups may also be substituted by halogen atoms. As a specific example of these groups, the thing similar to the substituent which can be bonded to the benzene ring contained in a trimethyldihydroindene skeleton is mentioned, for example. Wherein, R a2 is more than one group selected from the group consisting of alkyl groups with 1 to 4 carbon atoms, cycloalkyl groups with 3 to 6 carbon atoms, and aryl groups with 6 to 10 carbon atoms. good.

式(D-3-2)中,Ra3 各自獨立,表示2價脂肪族烴基。較佳的2價脂肪族烴基之範圍如上述。In formula (D-3-2), R a3 is each independently, and represents a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group. The preferable range of the divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group is as described above.

式(D-3-2)中,na1 表示正整數。na1 ,較佳為1以上,較佳為10以下,更佳為8以下。In formula (D-3-2), n a1 represents a positive integer. n a1 is preferably 1 or more, preferably 10 or less, more preferably 8 or less.

式(D-3-2)中,na2 各自獨立,表示0~4之整數。na2 ,較佳為2或3,更佳為2。複數之na2 雖可不同,但為相同較佳。na2 為2以上,複數之Ra1 在同一環內,可相同,亦可不同。In formula (D-3-2), n a2 are each independently and represent an integer of 0 to 4. n a2 is preferably 2 or 3, more preferably 2. Although the plural n a2 may be different, they are preferably the same. n a2 is 2 or more, and plural R a1 may be the same or different in the same ring.

式(D-3-2)中,na3 各自獨立,表示0~3之整數。複數之na3 雖可不同,但為相同較佳。na3 ,較佳為0。In formula (D-3-2), n a3 is each independent and represents an integer of 0 to 3. Although the plural n a3 may be different, they are preferably the same. n a3 , preferably 0.

(D-3)成分,以包含下述式(D-3-3)所示之結構特佳。可(D-3)成分之全體具有式(D-3-3)所示之結構,亦可(D-3)成分之部分具有式(D-3-3)所示之結構。

Figure 02_image045
(式中,Rb1 各自獨立,表示碳原子數1~10之烷基、碳原子數1~10之烷基氧基、碳原子數1~10之烷硫基、碳原子數6~10之芳基、碳原子數6~10之芳氧基、碳原子數6~10之芳硫基、碳原子數3~10之環烷基、鹵素原子、硝基、羥基,或巰基;Rb2 各自獨立,表示碳原子數1~10之烷基、碳原子數1~10之烷基氧基、碳原子數1~10之烷硫基、碳原子數6~10之芳基、碳原子數6~10之芳氧基、碳原子數6~10之芳硫基、碳原子數3~10之環烷基、鹵素原子、羥基,或巰基;nb1 表示正整數;nb2 各自獨立,表示0~4之整數;nb3 各自獨立,表示0~3之整數。Rb1 之烷基、烷基氧基、烷硫基、芳基、芳氧基、芳硫基,及環烷基之氫原子,亦可被鹵素原子取代。Rb2 之烷基、烷基氧基、烷硫基、芳基、芳氧基、芳硫基,及環烷基之氫原子,亦可被鹵素原子取代。nb2 為2~4時,Rb1 在同一環內可相同亦可不同。nb3 為2~3時,Rb2 在同一環內可相同亦可不同)。The component (D-3) preferably contains a structure represented by the following formula (D-3-3). The whole of the component (D-3) may have the structure represented by the formula (D-3-3), or the part of the component (D-3) may have the structure represented by the formula (D-3-3).
Figure 02_image045
(in the formula, R b1 are each independently, and represent an alkyl group with 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkyloxy group with 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkylthio group with 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and a group with 6 to 10 carbon atoms. Aryl group, aryloxy group with 6-10 carbon atoms, arylthio group with 6-10 carbon atoms, cycloalkyl group with 3-10 carbon atoms, halogen atom, nitro group, hydroxyl group, or mercapto group; R b2 each Independently, represents an alkyl group with 1-10 carbon atoms, an alkyloxy group with 1-10 carbon atoms, an alkylthio group with 1-10 carbon atoms, an aryl group with 6-10 carbon atoms, and an aryl group with 6-10 carbon atoms Aryloxy group of ~10, arylthio group of carbon number of 6~10, cycloalkyl group of carbon number of 3~10, halogen atom, hydroxyl group, or mercapto group; n b1 represents a positive integer; n b2 is independent of each other and represents 0 An integer of ~4; each of n b3 is independent and represents an integer of 0 to 3. R b1 is an alkyl group, an alkyloxy group, an alkylthio group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, an arylthio group, and a hydrogen atom of a cycloalkyl group , can also be substituted by halogen atoms. The alkyl, alkyloxy, alkylthio, aryl, aryloxy, arylthio, and hydrogen atoms of cycloalkyl groups of R b2 can also be substituted by halogen atoms. n When b2 is 2~4, R b1 may be the same or different within the same ring. When n b3 is 2~3, R b2 may be the same or different within the same ring).

式(D-3-3)中,Rb1 、Rb2 、nb1 、nb2 及nb3 ,分別與式(D-3-2)中之Ra1 、Ra2 、na1 、na2 及na3 相同。In formula (D-3-3), R b1 , R b2 , n b1 , n b2 and n b3 are respectively the same as R a1 , R a2 , n a1 , n a2 and n in formula (D-3-2) same for a3 .

(B2-3)成分,亦可進一步含有下述式(D-3-4)所示之結構。

Figure 02_image047
式(D-3-4)中,Rc1 、Rc2 、nc2 及nc3 ,分別與式(A4)中之Ra1 、Ra2 、na2 及na3 相同。又,式(D-3-4)中,nc1 為重複單位數,表示1~20之整數。進而,式(E2-3-4)中,*表示鍵結處。例如,(D-3)成分,在式(D-3-2)中,na2 為3以下,且相對於馬來醯亞胺基鍵結之苯環的馬來醯亞胺基之鄰位及對位中,2個以上未鍵結Ra1 時,可與式(D-3-2)所示之結構組合包含前述式(D-3-4)所示之結構。又,例如,(D-3)成分,在式(D-3-3)中,nb2 為3以下,且相對於馬來醯亞胺基鍵結之苯環的馬來醯亞胺基之鄰位及對位中,2個以上未鍵結Rb1 時,可與式(D-3-3)所示之結構組合包含前述式(D-3-4)所示之結構。The component (B2-3) may further contain the structure represented by the following formula (D-3-4).
Figure 02_image047
In formula (D-3-4), R c1 , R c2 , n c2 and n c3 are the same as R a1 , R a2 , n a2 and n a3 in formula (A4), respectively. In addition, in formula (D-3-4), n c1 is the number of repeating units, and represents an integer of 1 to 20. Furthermore, in formula (E2-3-4), * represents a bond. For example, in the component (D-3), in formula (D-3-2), n a2 is 3 or less, and the ortho position relative to the maleimide group of the benzene ring to which the maleimide group is bonded And in the para position, when two or more of R a1 are not bonded, the structure represented by the aforementioned formula (D-3-4) can be included in combination with the structure represented by the formula (D-3-2). Also, for example, in the component (D-3), in the formula (D-3-3), n b2 is 3 or less, and the ratio of the maleimide group to the maleimide group of the benzene ring to which the maleimide group is bonded is determined. In the ortho and para positions, when two or more of R b1 are not bonded, the structure represented by the aforementioned formula (D-3-4) can be included in combination with the structure represented by the formula (D-3-3).

(D-3)成分,可單獨使用1種,亦可以任意之比率組合2種以上使用。(D-3) A component may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types in arbitrary ratios.

(D-3)成分之馬來醯亞胺基當量,較佳為50g/eq.以上,更佳為100g/eq.以上,特佳為200g/eq.以上,較佳為2000g/eq.以下,更佳為1000g/eq.以下,特佳為800g/eq.以下。馬來醯亞胺基當量,表示每1當量馬來醯亞胺基之馬來醯亞胺化合物的質量。(E2-3)成分之馬來醯亞胺基當量在前述範圍內時,可顯著獲得本發明效果。The maleimide group equivalent of the component (D-3) is preferably 50 g/eq. or more, more preferably 100 g/eq. or more, particularly preferably 200 g/eq. or more, preferably 2000 g/eq. or less , more preferably 1000 g/eq. or less, particularly preferably 800 g/eq. or less. The maleimide group equivalent represents the mass of the maleimide compound per equivalent of the maleimide group. When the maleimide group equivalent of the component (E2-3) is within the aforementioned range, the effect of the present invention can be remarkably obtained.

(D-3)成分之製造方法無特別限制。(D-3)成分,例如,可依循日本發明協會公開技報公技號碼2020-500211號中記載之方法來製造。依據此日本發明協會公開技報公技號碼2020-500211號中記載之製造方法,可獲得三甲基二氫茚骨架之重複單位數分散的馬來醯亞胺化合物。此方法所得之馬來醯亞胺化合物,包含下述式(D-3-5)所示之結構。因此,(D-3)成分,亦可含有包含式(D-3-5)所示之結構的馬來醯亞胺化合物。(D-3) The manufacturing method of a component is not specifically limited. The component (D-3) can be produced, for example, in accordance with the method described in the Japanese Association for Inventions Publication No. 2020-500211. According to the production method described in the Japanese Inventor's Association Publication No. 2020-500211, a maleimide compound in which the repeating units of the trimethyldihydroindene skeleton are dispersed can be obtained. The maleimide compound obtained by this method has a structure represented by the following formula (D-3-5). Therefore, (D-3) component may contain the maleimide compound containing the structure represented by formula (D-3-5).

Figure 02_image049
Figure 02_image049

(式中,R1 各自獨立,表示碳原子數1~10之烷基、碳原子數1~10之烷基氧基、碳原子數1~10之烷硫基、碳原子數6~10之芳基、碳原子數6~10之芳氧基、碳原子數6~10之芳硫基、碳原子數3~10之環烷基、鹵素原子、硝基、羥基,或巰基;R2 各自獨立,表示碳原子數1~10之烷基、碳原子數1~10之烷基氧基、碳原子數1~10之烷硫基、碳原子數6~10之芳基、碳原子數6~10之芳氧基、碳原子數6~10之芳硫基、碳原子數3~10之環烷基、鹵素原子、羥基,或巰基;n1 表示0.95~10.0之平均重複單位數;n2 各自獨立,表示0~4之整數;n3 各自獨立,表示0~3之整數。R1 之烷基、烷基氧基、烷硫基、芳基、芳氧基、芳硫基,及環烷基之氫原子,亦可被鹵素原子取代。R2 之烷基、烷基氧基、烷硫基、芳基、芳氧基、芳硫基,及環烷基之氫原子,亦可被鹵素原子取代。n2 為2~4時,R1 在同一環內可相同亦可不同。n3 為2~3時,R2 在同一環內可相同亦可不同)。(in the formula, R 1 are each independently and represent an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkyloxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkylthio group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Aryl group, aryloxy group with 6-10 carbon atoms, arylthio group with 6-10 carbon atoms, cycloalkyl group with 3-10 carbon atoms, halogen atom, nitro group, hydroxyl group, or mercapto group; R 2 each Independently, represents an alkyl group with 1-10 carbon atoms, an alkyloxy group with 1-10 carbon atoms, an alkylthio group with 1-10 carbon atoms, an aryl group with 6-10 carbon atoms, and an aryl group with 6-10 carbon atoms Aryloxy groups of ~10, arylthio groups of carbon atoms of 6 to 10, cycloalkyl groups of carbon atoms of 3 to 10, halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, or mercapto groups; n 1 represents the average number of repeating units of 0.95 to 10.0; n 2 are each independently and represent an integer from 0 to 4; n 3 are each independently and represent an integer from 0 to 3. R 1 is an alkyl group, an alkyloxy group, an alkylthio group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, an arylthio group, and The hydrogen atom of the cycloalkyl group can also be replaced by a halogen atom. The alkyl group, alkyloxy group, alkylthio group, aryl group, aryloxy group, arylthio group of R 2 , and the hydrogen atom of the cycloalkyl group can also be replaced by halogen atoms. Substituted by a halogen atom. When n 2 is 2 to 4, R 1 may be the same or different in the same ring. When n 3 is 2 to 3, R 2 may be the same or different in the same ring).

式(D-3-5)中,R1 、R2 、n2 及n3 ,分別與式(D-3-2)中之Ra1 、Ra2 、na2 及na3 相同。In formula (D-3-5), R 1 , R 2 , n 2 and n 3 are the same as R a1 , R a2 , n a2 and n a3 in formula (D-3-2), respectively.

式(D-3-5)中,n1 表示平均重複單位數,其範圍為0.95~10.0。依據日本發明協會公開技報公技號碼2020-500211號中記載之製造方法,可獲得包含式(D-3-5)所示之結構之一群組的馬來醯亞胺化合物。由式(D-3-5)中之平均重複單位數n1 可小於1.00可知,如此而得之包含式(D-3-5)所示之結構的馬來醯亞胺化合物中,可包含三甲基二氫茚骨架之重複單位數為0的馬來醯亞胺化合物。因此,由包含式(D-3-5)所示之結構的馬來醯亞胺化合物,藉由純化,去除三甲基二氫茚骨架之重複單位數為0的馬來醯亞胺化合物獲得(D-3)成分,樹脂組成物中僅包含如此而得之(D-3)成分亦可。然而,即使樹脂組成物中包含三甲基二氫茚骨架之重複單位數為0的馬來醯亞胺化合物之情形,亦可得到本發明效果。又,省略純化時,亦可抑制成本。因此,以不去除三甲基二氫茚骨架之重複單位數為0的馬來醯亞胺化合物,樹脂組成物含有包含式(D-3-5)所示之結構的馬來醯亞胺化合物較佳。In formula (D-3-5), n 1 represents the average number of repeating units, and the range is 0.95 to 10.0. According to the production method described in JIS Publication No. 2020-500211, a maleimide compound including one group of structures represented by formula (D-3-5) can be obtained. From the fact that the average number of repeating units n 1 in the formula (D-3-5) can be less than 1.00, it can be known that the maleimide compound containing the structure represented by the formula (D-3-5) obtained in this way can contain A maleimide compound in which the repeating unit number of the trimethyldihydroindene skeleton is 0. Therefore, from the maleimide compound having the structure represented by the formula (D-3-5), the maleimide compound having 0 repeating units of the trimethyldihydroindene skeleton is removed by purification. The (D-3) component may be included in the resin composition only as the (D-3) component thus obtained. However, even when the maleimide compound in which the number of repeating units of the trimethyldihydroindene skeleton is contained in the resin composition is contained, the effect of the present invention can be obtained. In addition, when purification is omitted, cost can also be suppressed. Therefore, without removing the maleimide compound having a repeating unit number of 0 of the trimethyldihydroindene skeleton, the resin composition contains the maleimide compound having the structure represented by the formula (D-3-5). better.

式(D-3-5)中,平均重複單位數n1 ,較佳為0.95以上,更佳為0.98以上,進而佳為1.0以上,特佳為1.1以上,較佳為10.0以下,更佳為8.0以下,進而佳為7.0以下,特佳為6.0以下。平均重複單位數n1 在前述範圍內時,可顯著獲得本發明效果。特別是,可有效地提高樹脂組成物之玻璃轉移溫度。In formula (D-3-5), the average number of repeating units n 1 is preferably 0.95 or more, more preferably 0.98 or more, further preferably 1.0 or more, particularly preferably 1.1 or more, preferably 10.0 or less, more preferably 8.0 or less, more preferably 7.0 or less, particularly preferably 6.0 or less. When the average repeating unit number n 1 is within the aforementioned range, the effect of the present invention can be remarkably obtained. In particular, the glass transition temperature of the resin composition can be effectively increased.

作為式(D-3-5)所示之結構之例,可舉例下述者。As an example of the structure represented by formula (D-3-5), the following can be mentioned.

Figure 02_image051
Figure 02_image051

包含式(D-3-5)所示之結構的馬來醯亞胺化合物,亦可進一步包含前述式(D-3-4)所示之結構。例如,包含式(D-3-5)所示之結構的馬來醯亞胺化合物,在式(D-3-5)中,n2 為3以下,且相對於馬來醯亞胺基鍵結之苯環的馬來醯亞胺基之鄰位及對位中,2個以上未鍵結R1 時,可與式(D-3-5)所示之結構組合包含式(E2-3-4)所示之結構。The maleimide compound containing the structure represented by the formula (D-3-5) may further contain the structure represented by the aforementioned formula (D-3-4). For example, in the maleimide compound containing the structure represented by the formula (D-3-5), in the formula (D-3-5), n 2 is 3 or less, and relative to the maleimide group bond In the ortho and para positions of the maleimide group of the benzene ring of the junction, when two or more R 1 are not bonded, it can be combined with the structure represented by the formula (D-3-5) to include the formula (E2-3 -4) The structure shown.

包含式(D-3-5)所示之結構的馬來醯亞胺化合物,由凝膠滲透色層分析(GPC)測定算出之分子量分佈Mw/Mn,於特定範圍內較佳。分子量分佈,係將重量平均分子量Mw除以數平均分子量Mn求出之值,以「Mw/Mn」表示。具體而言,包含式(D-3-5)所示之結構的馬來醯亞胺化合物之分子量分佈Mw/Mn,較佳為1.0~4.0,更佳為1.1~3.8,進而佳為1.2~3.6,特佳為1.3~3.4。包含式(D-3-5)所示之結構的馬來醯亞胺化合物之分子量分佈Mw/Mn在前述範圍內時,可顯著獲得本發明效果。The maleimide compound containing the structure represented by the formula (D-3-5) preferably has a molecular weight distribution Mw/Mn calculated by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) within a specific range. The molecular weight distribution is a value obtained by dividing the weight average molecular weight Mw by the number average molecular weight Mn, and is represented by "Mw/Mn". Specifically, the molecular weight distribution Mw/Mn of the maleimide compound having the structure represented by the formula (D-3-5) is preferably 1.0 to 4.0, more preferably 1.1 to 3.8, and still more preferably 1.2 to 1.2 3.6, the best is 1.3~3.4. When the molecular weight distribution Mw/Mn of the maleimide compound having the structure represented by the formula (D-3-5) is within the aforementioned range, the effect of the present invention can be remarkably obtained.

包含式(D-3-5)所示之結構的馬來醯亞胺化合物之中,平均重複單位數n1 為0之馬來醯亞胺化合物的量,於特定範圍內較佳。進行包含式(D-3-5)所示之結構的馬來醯亞胺化合物之前述GPC測定時,平均重複單位數n1 為0之馬來醯亞胺化合物的量,可基於其GPC測定之結果以面積%表示。詳細而言,可藉由前述GPC測定所得之層析圖中,平均重複單位數n1 為0之馬來醯亞胺化合物之波峰的面積相對於包含式(D-3-5)所示之結構的馬來醯亞胺化合物之波峰的總面積之比例(面積%),表示平均重複單位數n1 為0之馬來醯亞胺化合物的量。具體而言,相對於包含式(D-3-5)所示之結構的馬來醯亞胺化合物之總量100面積%而言,平均重複單位數n1 為0之馬來醯亞胺化合物的量,較佳為32面積%以下,更佳為30面積%以下,進而佳為28面積%以下。平均重複單位數n1 為0之馬來醯亞胺化合物的量在前述範圍內時,可顯著獲得本發明效果。Among the maleimide compounds having the structure represented by the formula (D-3-5), the amount of the maleimide compounds in which the average number of repeating units n 1 is 0 is preferably within a specific range. When performing the aforementioned GPC measurement of the maleimide compound containing the structure represented by the formula (D-3-5), the amount of the maleimide compound whose average repeating unit number n 1 is 0 can be determined based on its GPC The results are expressed in area %. Specifically, in the chromatogram obtained by the aforementioned GPC measurement, the area of the peak of the maleimide compound having an average repeating unit number n 1 of 0 is relative to the area of the peak of the maleimide compound represented by the formula (D-3-5). The ratio (area %) of the total area of the peaks of the maleimide compounds of the structure represents the amount of the maleimide compounds in which the average repeating unit number n 1 is 0. Specifically, with respect to 100 area % of the total amount of the maleimide compounds containing the structure represented by the formula (D-3-5), the maleimide compound in which the average repeating unit number n 1 is 0 The amount is preferably 32 area % or less, more preferably 30 area % or less, and still more preferably 28 area % or less. When the amount of the maleimide compound in which the average number of repeating units n 1 is 0 is within the aforementioned range, the effect of the present invention can be remarkably obtained.

包含式(D-3-5)所示之結構的馬來醯亞胺化合物之馬來醯亞胺基當量,與上述(D-3)成分之馬來醯亞胺基當量在相同範圍內較佳。包含式(D-3-5)所示之結構的馬來醯亞胺化合物之馬來醯亞胺基當量在前述範圍內時,可顯著獲得本發明效果。The maleimide group equivalent of the maleimide compound having the structure represented by the formula (D-3-5) is compared with the maleimide group equivalent of the above-mentioned component (D-3) within the same range. good. When the maleimide group equivalent of the maleimide compound having the structure represented by the formula (D-3-5) is within the aforementioned range, the effect of the present invention can be remarkably obtained.

(D)成分之含量,由獲得介電特性低且剝離強度優異的硬化物之觀點來看,將樹脂組成物中之不揮發成分定為100質量%時,較佳為0.1質量%以上,更佳為0.5質量%以上,進而佳為1質量%以上,較佳為10質量%以下,更佳為8質量%以下,進而佳為5質量%以下。From the viewpoint of obtaining a cured product with low dielectric properties and excellent peel strength, the content of the component (D) is preferably 0.1% by mass or more when the nonvolatile content in the resin composition is 100% by mass, and more 0.5 mass % or more is preferable, 1 mass % or less is more preferable, 10 mass % or less is preferable, 8 mass % or less is more preferable, and 5 mass % or less is more preferable.

作為(D)成分之含量,由獲得介電特性低且剝離強度優異的硬化物之觀點來看,將樹脂組成物中之樹脂成分定為100質量%時,較佳為1質量%以上,更佳為3質量%以上,進而佳為5質量%以上,較佳為20質量%以下,更佳為15質量%以下,進而佳為10質量%以下。The content of the component (D) is preferably 1% by mass or more, when the resin component in the resin composition is 100% by mass, from the viewpoint of obtaining a cured product with low dielectric properties and excellent peel strength. 3 mass % or more is preferable, 5 mass % or less is more preferable, 20 mass % or less is preferable, 15 mass % or less is more preferable, and 10 mass % or less is further more preferable.

<(E)無機填充材> 樹脂組成物,除上述成分以外,亦可含有(E)無機填充材作為任意成分。藉由使樹脂組成物含有(E)無機填充材,可獲得介電特性優異的硬化物。<(E) Inorganic fillers> The resin composition may contain (E) an inorganic filler as an optional component in addition to the above-mentioned components. By containing the (E) inorganic filler in the resin composition, a cured product excellent in dielectric properties can be obtained.

作為無機填充材之材料,使用無機化合物。作為無機填充材之材料的例,可舉例二氧化矽、氧化鋁、玻璃、堇青石、矽氧化物、硫酸鋇、碳酸鋇、滑石、黏土、雲母粉、氧化鋅、水滑石、水鋁石、氫氧化鋁、氫氧化鎂、碳酸鈣、碳酸鎂、氧化鎂、氮化硼、氮化鋁、氮化錳、硼酸鋁、碳酸鍶、鈦酸鍶、鈦酸鈣、鈦酸鎂、鈦酸鉍、氧化鈦、氧化鋯、鈦酸鋇、鈦酸鋯酸鋇、鋯酸鋇、鋯酸鈣、磷酸鋯,及磷酸鎢酸鋯等。此等之中以二氧化矽特別合適。作為二氧化矽,可舉例例如無定形二氧化矽、熔融二氧化矽、結晶二氧化矽、合成二氧化矽、中空二氧化矽等。又,作為二氧化矽,以球狀二氧化矽較佳。(E)無機填充材可單獨使用1種,亦可組合2種以上來使用。As the material of the inorganic filler, an inorganic compound is used. Examples of the material of the inorganic filler include silica, alumina, glass, cordierite, silicon oxide, barium sulfate, barium carbonate, talc, clay, mica powder, zinc oxide, hydrotalcite, diaspore, Aluminum hydroxide, magnesium hydroxide, calcium carbonate, magnesium carbonate, magnesium oxide, boron nitride, aluminum nitride, manganese nitride, aluminum borate, strontium carbonate, strontium titanate, calcium titanate, magnesium titanate, bismuth titanate , titanium oxide, zirconium oxide, barium titanate, barium titanate zirconate, barium zirconate, calcium zirconate, zirconium phosphate, and zirconium tungstate phosphate. Of these, silica is particularly suitable. As silica, for example, amorphous silica, fused silica, crystalline silica, synthetic silica, hollow silica, etc. can be mentioned. Moreover, as silica, spherical silica is preferable. (E) An inorganic filler may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types.

作為(E)無機填充材之市售品,可舉例例如電化化學工業公司製之「UFP-30」;新日鐵住金材料公司製之「SP60-05」、「SP507-05」;Admatechs公司製之「YC100C」、「YA050C」、「YA050C-MJE」、「YA010C」;Denka公司製之「UFP-30」;德山公司製之「SILFIL NSS-3N」、「SILFIL NSS-4N」、「SILFIL NSS-5N」;Admatechs公司製之「SC2500SQ」、「SO-C4」、「SO-C2」、「SO-C1」、「SC2050-SXF」;等。(E) Commercial products of inorganic fillers include, for example, "UFP-30" manufactured by Denka Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.; "SP60-05" and "SP507-05" manufactured by Nippon Steel & Sumitomo Metal Materials Co., Ltd.; "YC100C", "YA050C", "YA050C-MJE", "YA010C"; "UFP-30" manufactured by Denka Corporation; "SILFIL NSS-3N", "SILFIL NSS-4N", "SILFIL manufactured by Tokuyama Corporation" NSS-5N"; "SC2500SQ", "SO-C4", "SO-C2", "SO-C1", "SC2050-SXF" manufactured by Admatechs; etc.

(E)無機填充材之平均粒徑,由顯著獲得本發明期望的效果之觀點來看,較佳為0.01μm以上,更佳為0.05μm以上,特佳為0.1μm以上,較佳為5μm以下,更佳為2μm以下,進而佳為1μm以下。(E) The average particle size of the inorganic filler is preferably 0.01 μm or more, more preferably 0.05 μm or more, particularly preferably 0.1 μm or more, and preferably 5 μm or less, from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the desired effect of the present invention. , more preferably 2 μm or less, still more preferably 1 μm or less.

(E)無機填充材之平均粒徑,可藉由基於米氏(Mie)散射理論的雷射繞射・散射法來測定。具體而言,可藉由雷射繞射散射式粒徑分布測定裝置,以體積基準作成無機填充材的粒徑分佈,將其中位徑定為平均粒徑來測定。測定樣本,可使用秤取無機填充材100mg、甲基乙基酮10g至小瓶,以超音波使其分散10分鐘而成者。將測定樣本,使用雷射繞射式粒徑分布測定裝置,使用之光源波長定為藍色及紅色,以流通槽(Flow Cell)方式測定無機填充材之體積基準的粒徑分佈,由所得之粒徑分布算出平均粒徑作為中位徑。作為雷射繞射式粒徑分佈測定裝置,可舉例例如堀場製作所公司製「LA-960」、島津製作所公司製「SALD-2200」等。(E) The average particle size of the inorganic filler can be measured by a laser diffraction/scattering method based on the Mie scattering theory. Specifically, the particle size distribution of the inorganic filler can be prepared on a volume basis by a laser diffraction scattering particle size distribution measuring apparatus, and the median diameter can be determined as an average particle size for measurement. The measurement sample can be obtained by weighing 100 mg of the inorganic filler and 10 g of methyl ethyl ketone into a vial, and dispersing it with ultrasonic waves for 10 minutes. The measured sample is measured by a laser diffraction particle size distribution measuring device, and the wavelengths of the light sources used are set as blue and red, and the particle size distribution of the inorganic filler based on the volume of the inorganic filler is measured by a flow cell (Flow Cell) method. From the particle size distribution, the average particle size was calculated as the median diameter. As a laser diffraction particle size distribution measuring apparatus, "LA-960" manufactured by Horiba Corporation, "SALD-2200" manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, etc. can be mentioned, for example.

(E)無機填充材之比表面積,由顯著獲得本發明期望的效果之觀點來看,較佳為1m2 /g以上,更佳為2m2 /g以上,特佳為3m2 /g以上。上限雖無特別的制限,但較佳為60m2 /g以下,50m2 /g以下或40m2 /g以下。比表面積可藉由下述方法而得,使用BET全自動比表面積測定裝置(MOUNTECH公司製Macsorb HM-1210),使氮氣吸附於試料表面,使用BET多點法算出比表面積,藉此測定無機填充材之比表面積。(E) The specific surface area of the inorganic filler is preferably 1 m 2 /g or more, more preferably 2 m 2 /g or more, and particularly preferably 3 m 2 / g or more, from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the desired effect of the present invention. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably not more than 60 m 2 /g, not more than 50 m 2 /g, or not more than 40 m 2 /g. The specific surface area can be obtained by the following method. Using a BET automatic specific surface area measuring device (Macsorb HM-1210 manufactured by MOUNTECH), nitrogen gas is adsorbed on the surface of the sample, and the specific surface area is calculated by the BET multi-point method, thereby measuring the inorganic filler. specific surface area of the material.

(E)無機填充材,由提高耐濕性及分散性之觀點來看,以經表面處理劑處理較佳。作為表面處理劑,可舉例例如3,3,3-三氟丙基三甲氧基矽烷等之含有氟之矽烷耦合劑;3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、N-苯基-8-胺基辛基-三甲氧基矽烷、N-苯基-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷等之胺基矽烷系耦合劑;3-環氧丙氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷等之環氧矽烷系耦合劑;3-巰基丙基三甲氧基矽烷等之巰基矽烷系耦合劑;矽烷系耦合劑;苯基三甲氧基矽烷等之烷氧基矽烷;六甲基二矽氮烷等之有機矽氮烷化合物、鈦酸酯系耦合劑等。又,表面處理劑可單獨使用1種,亦可任意組合2種以上使用。(E) The inorganic filler is preferably treated with a surface treatment agent from the viewpoint of improving moisture resistance and dispersibility. As the surface treatment agent, for example, fluorine-containing silane coupling agents such as 3,3,3-trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane; 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, N-phenyl-8- Amino silane coupling agents such as aminooctyl-trimethoxysilane, N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, etc.; ring of 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, etc. Oxysilane-based coupling agents; mercaptosilane-based coupling agents such as 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane; silane-based coupling agents; alkoxysilanes such as phenyltrimethoxysilane; hexamethyldisilazane, etc. Organosilazane compounds, titanate-based coupling agents, etc. Moreover, a surface treatment agent may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in arbitrary combination of 2 or more types.

作為表面處理劑之市售品,可舉例例如信越化學工業公司製「KBM403」(3-環氧丙氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷)、信越化學工業公司製「KBM803」(3-巰基丙基三甲氧基矽烷)、信越化學工業公司製「KBE903」(3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷)、信越化學工業公司製「KBM573」(N-苯基-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷)、信越化學工業公司製「SZ-31」(六甲基二矽氮烷)、信越化學工業公司製「KBM103」(苯基三甲氧基矽烷)、信越化學工業公司製「KBM-4803」(長鏈環氧型矽烷耦合劑)、信越化學工業公司製「KBM-7103」(3,3,3-三氟丙基三甲氧基矽烷)等。As a commercial product of the surface treatment agent, for example, "KBM403" (3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane) manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., "KBM803" (3-mercaptopropyl silane) manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. Trimethoxysilane), "KBE903" (3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane) manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., "KBM573" (N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane) manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. silane), "SZ-31" (hexamethyldisilazane) manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., "KBM103" (phenyltrimethoxysilane) manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., "KBM-4803 manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. "(long-chain epoxy silane coupling agent), "KBM-7103" (3,3,3-trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane) manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., etc.

利用表面處理劑之表面處理的程度,由提升無機填充材之分散性的觀點來看,以收限在所定之範圍內較佳。具體而言,無機填充材100質量份,為經0.2質量份~5質量份之表面處理劑表面處理較佳,經0.2質量份~3質量份表面處理較佳,經0.3質量份~2質量份表面處理較佳。From the viewpoint of improving the dispersibility of the inorganic filler, the degree of surface treatment by the surface treatment agent is preferably limited within a predetermined range. Specifically, 100 parts by mass of the inorganic filler is preferably surface-treated by 0.2-5 parts by mass of a surface treatment agent, preferably 0.2-3 parts by mass, and preferably 0.3-2 parts by mass Better surface treatment.

利用表面處理劑之表面處理的程度,可藉由無機填充材之每單位表面積的碳量來評估。無機填充材之每單位表面積的碳量,由提升無機填充材之分散性的觀點來看,以0.02mg/m2 以上較佳,0.1mg/m2 以上更佳,0.2mg/m2 以上進而佳。另一方面,由抑制樹脂塗料之熔融黏度及以薄片形態之熔融黏度的上升之觀點來看,以1mg/m2 以下較佳,0.8mg/m2 以下更佳,0.5mg/m2 以下進而佳。The degree of surface treatment by the surface treatment agent can be evaluated by the amount of carbon per unit surface area of the inorganic filler. From the viewpoint of improving the dispersibility of the inorganic filler, the carbon content per unit surface area of the inorganic filler is preferably 0.02 mg/m 2 or more, more preferably 0.1 mg/m 2 or more, and 0.2 mg/m 2 or more. good. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of suppressing the increase of the melt viscosity of the resin coating and the melt viscosity in the form of flakes, it is preferably 1 mg/m 2 or less, more preferably 0.8 mg/m 2 or less, and furthermore 0.5 mg/m 2 or less. good.

(E)無機填充材之每單位表面積的碳量可於將表面處理後之無機填充材藉由溶劑(例如,甲基乙基酮(MEK))洗淨處理後進行測定。具體而言,將作為溶劑之充分量的MEK加至經表面處理劑表面處理之無機填充材,於25℃超音波洗淨5分鐘。去除上清液,使固體成分乾燥後,可使用碳分析計測定無機填充材之每單位表面積的碳量。作為碳分析計,可使用堀場製作所公司製「EMIA-320V」等。(E) The carbon content per unit surface area of the inorganic filler can be measured after the surface-treated inorganic filler is washed with a solvent (eg, methyl ethyl ketone (MEK)). Specifically, a sufficient amount of MEK as a solvent was added to the inorganic filler surface-treated with a surface-treating agent, and ultrasonically cleaned at 25° C. for 5 minutes. After removing the supernatant and drying the solid content, the amount of carbon per unit surface area of the inorganic filler can be measured using a carbon analyzer. As a carbon analyzer, "EMIA-320V" manufactured by Horiba, Ltd., etc. can be used.

作為(E)無機填充材之含量,由顯著獲得本發明效果之觀點來看,將樹脂組成物中之不揮發成分定為100質量%時,較佳為40質量%以上,更佳為45質量%以上,進而佳為50質量%以上,較佳為75質量%以下,較佳為70質量%以下,較佳為65質量%以下,更佳為60質量%以下,進而佳為55質量%以下。The content of the inorganic filler (E) is preferably 40 mass % or more, more preferably 45 mass %, when the non-volatile content in the resin composition is 100 mass % from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the effects of the present invention. % or more, more preferably 50 mass % or more, more preferably 75 mass % or less, preferably 70 mass % or less, preferably 65 mass % or less, more preferably 60 mass % or less, further preferably 55 mass % or less .

<(F)硬化劑> 樹脂組成物,除上述成分以外,亦可進一步包含(F)硬化劑作為任意成分。惟,(C)活性酯系硬化劑不包含於(F)硬化劑。作為(F)硬化劑,可舉例例如酚系硬化劑、萘酚系硬化劑、苯并

Figure 110124770-A0304-12-0059-1
Figure 110124770-A0304-12-0000-4
系硬化劑、氰酸酯系硬化劑,及碳二亞胺系硬化劑等。其中,由提升絕緣信賴性之觀點來看,(F)硬化劑,以酚系硬化劑、萘酚系硬化劑、氰酸酯系硬化劑,及碳二亞胺系硬化劑之任一者之1種以上較佳,酚系硬化劑及萘酚系硬化劑之任一者更佳,包含酚系硬化劑進而佳。(F)硬化劑可單獨使用1種,或可併用2種以上。<(F) Hardening Agent> The resin composition may further contain the (F) hardening agent as an optional component in addition to the above-mentioned components. However, the (C) active ester-based hardener is not included in the (F) hardener. As (F) hardener, a phenol-type hardener, a naphthol-type hardener, a benzoin
Figure 110124770-A0304-12-0059-1
Figure 110124770-A0304-12-0000-4
type hardener, cyanate ester type hardener, and carbodiimide type hardener, etc. Among them, from the viewpoint of improving insulation reliability, the (F) curing agent is any one of a phenol-based curing agent, a naphthol-based curing agent, a cyanate-based curing agent, and a carbodiimide-based curing agent One or more kinds are preferred, any one of a phenol-based curing agent and a naphthol-based curing agent is more preferred, and it is even more preferred to include a phenol-based curing agent. The (F) hardener may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

作為酚系硬化劑及萘酚系硬化劑,由耐熱性及耐水性之觀點來看,以具有酚醛清漆結構之酚系硬化劑,或具有酚醛清漆結構之萘酚系硬化劑較佳。又,由與導體層之密著性的觀點來看,以含氮酚系硬化劑較佳,含有三

Figure 110124770-A0304-12-0000-4
骨架之酚系硬化劑更佳。As the phenol-based hardener and the naphthol-based hardener, from the viewpoint of heat resistance and water resistance, a phenol-based hardener having a novolak structure or a naphthol-based hardener having a novolak structure is preferred. In addition, from the viewpoint of adhesion to the conductor layer, a nitrogen-containing phenol-based curing agent is preferred, containing three
Figure 110124770-A0304-12-0000-4
The phenolic hardener of the skeleton is more preferable.

作為酚系硬化劑及萘酚系硬化劑之具體例,可舉例例如明和化成公司製之「MEH-7700」、「MEH-7810」、「MEH-7851」、日本化藥公司製之「NHN」、「CBN」、「GPH」、新日鐵住金化學公司製之「SN170」、「SN180」、「SN190」、「SN475」、「SN485」、「SN495」、「SN-495V」、「SN375」、「SN395」、DIC公司製之「TD-2090」、「LA-7052」、「LA-7054」、「LA-1356」、「LA3018-50P」、「EXB-9500」等。Specific examples of phenol-based hardeners and naphthol-based hardeners include "MEH-7700", "MEH-7810", and "MEH-7851" manufactured by Meiwa Chemical Co., Ltd., and "NHN" manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. , "CBN", "GPH", "SN170", "SN180", "SN190", "SN475", "SN485", "SN495", "SN-495V", "SN375" manufactured by Nippon Steel & Sumitomo Metal Chemical Co., Ltd. , "SN395", "TD-2090", "LA-7052", "LA-7054", "LA-1356", "LA3018-50P", "EXB-9500" manufactured by DIC Corporation, etc.

作為苯并

Figure 110124770-A0304-12-0059-1
Figure 110124770-A0304-12-0000-4
系硬化劑之具體例,可舉例昭和高分子公司製之「HFB2006M」、四國化成工業公司製之「P-d」、「F-a」。as benzo
Figure 110124770-A0304-12-0059-1
Figure 110124770-A0304-12-0000-4
Specific examples of the curing agent include "HFB2006M" manufactured by Showa Polymer Co., Ltd., and "Pd" and "Fa" manufactured by Shikoku Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.

作為氰酸酯系硬化劑,可舉例例如雙酚A二氰酸鹽、多酚氰酸鹽、寡(3-亞甲基-1,5-伸苯基氰酸鹽)、4,4’-亞甲基雙(2,6-二甲基苯基氰酸鹽)、4,4’-亞乙基二苯基二氰酸鹽、六氟雙酚A二氰酸鹽、2,2-雙(4-氰酸鹽)苯基丙烷、1,1-雙(4-氰酸鹽苯基甲烷)、雙(4-氰酸鹽-3,5-二甲基苯基)甲烷、1,3-雙(4-氰酸鹽苯基-1-(甲基亞乙基))苯、雙(4-氰酸鹽苯基)硫醚,及雙(4-氰酸鹽苯基)醚等之2官能氰酸鹽樹脂、自酚酚醛清漆及甲酚酚醛清漆等衍生的多官能氰酸鹽樹脂、此等氰酸酯樹脂一部分三

Figure 110124770-A0304-12-0000-4
化而成之預聚物。作為氰酸酯系硬化劑之具體例,可舉例Lonza Japan公司製之「PT30」及「PT60」(酚酚醛清漆型多官能氰酸酯樹脂)、「ULL-950S」(多官能氰酸酯樹脂)、「BA230」、「BA230S75」(雙酚A二氰酸鹽的一部分或全部成為經三
Figure 110124770-A0304-12-0000-4
化而成之三量體的預聚物)等。Examples of cyanate-based hardeners include bisphenol A dicyanate, polyphenol cyanate, oligo(3-methylene-1,5-phenylene cyanate), 4,4'- Methylene bis(2,6-dimethylphenylcyanate), 4,4'-ethylene diphenyl dicyanate, hexafluorobisphenol A dicyanate, 2,2-bis (4-cyanate)phenylpropane, 1,1-bis(4-cyanatephenylmethane), bis(4-cyanate-3,5-dimethylphenyl)methane, 1,3 -Bis(4-cyanate phenyl-1-(methylethylene))benzene, bis(4-cyanate phenyl) sulfide, and bis(4-cyanate phenyl) ether, etc. Difunctional cyanate resins, polyfunctional cyanate resins derived from phenol novolacs and cresol novolacs, etc., some of these cyanate resins
Figure 110124770-A0304-12-0000-4
formed prepolymer. Specific examples of cyanate-based hardeners include "PT30" and "PT60" (novolak-type polyfunctional cyanate resins) and "ULL-950S" (polyfunctional cyanate resins manufactured by Lonza Japan). ), "BA230", "BA230S75" (a part or all of bisphenol A dicyanate becomes
Figure 110124770-A0304-12-0000-4
The prepolymer formed by the three-dimensional form) and so on.

作為碳二亞胺系硬化劑之具體例,可舉例日清紡化學公司製之「V-03」、「V-07」等。As a specific example of a carbodiimide type hardening|curing agent, "V-03", "V-07" by Nisshinbo Chemical Co., Ltd., etc. are mentioned.

作為(F)成分含有硬化劑時,環氧樹脂與(B)活性酯系硬化劑及(F)硬化劑之量比,以[環氧樹脂之環氧基之合計數]:[(B)活性酯系硬化劑及(F)硬化劑之活性基之合計數]之比率計,為1:0.01~1:5之範圍較佳,1:0.3~1:3更佳,1:0.5~1:2進而佳。此處,所謂「環氧樹脂之環氧基數」,係將樹脂組成物中存在之環氧樹脂的不揮發成分之質量除以環氧當量之值全部合計而得之值。又,所謂「(B)活性酯系硬化劑及(F)硬化劑之活性基數」,係將樹脂組成物中存在之活性酯系硬化劑及硬化劑之不揮發成分之質量除以活性酯基當量之值全部合計而得之值。作為(B)成分及(F)成分,藉由將與環氧樹脂之量比定為該範圍內,可顯著獲得本發明效果。When a hardener is contained as the component (F), the amount ratio of the epoxy resin to the (B) active ester-based hardener and the (F) hardener is [total number of epoxy groups of epoxy resin]: [(B) The ratio of the active ester-based hardener and (F) the total number of active groups of the hardener] is preferably in the range of 1:0.01~1:5, more preferably 1:0.3~1:3, 1:0.5~1 : 2 is better. Here, the "number of epoxy groups of the epoxy resin" refers to a value obtained by dividing the mass of the nonvolatile content of the epoxy resin present in the resin composition by the epoxy equivalent weight and adding up all the values. In addition, the so-called "(B) active ester-based hardener and (F) the active base of the hardener" is the active ester-based hardener and the mass of the non-volatile content of the hardener present in the resin composition divided by the active ester group The value obtained by adding up all the equivalent values. As (B) component and (F) component, the effect of this invention can be acquired remarkably by making the quantity ratio with an epoxy resin into this range.

作為(F)成分含有硬化劑時,環氧樹脂與全部(F)硬化劑之量比,以[環氧樹脂之環氧基之合計數]:[(F)硬化劑之活性基之合計數]的比率計,為1:0.01~1:1之範圍較佳,1:0.03~1:0.5更佳,1:0.05~1:0.3進而佳。此處,所謂「(F)硬化劑之活性基數」,係將樹脂組成物中存在之(F)硬化劑的不揮發成分之質量除以活性基當量之值全部合計而得之值。作為(F)成分,藉由將環氧樹脂與硬化劑之量比定為該範圍內,可顯著獲得本發明效果。When a hardener is contained as the component (F), the amount ratio of the epoxy resin to all (F) hardeners is calculated as [total number of epoxy groups of epoxy resin]: [total number of active groups of (F) hardener ], the range is preferably 1:0.01~1:1, more preferably 1:0.03~1:0.5, and even more preferably 1:0.05~1:0.3. Here, "(F) the number of active bases of the hardener" is a value obtained by dividing the mass of the nonvolatile content of the (F) hardener present in the resin composition by the value of the active group equivalent. As the component (F), the effect of the present invention can be remarkably obtained by setting the amount ratio of the epoxy resin to the curing agent within this range.

(F)硬化劑之含量,由顯著地獲得本發明期望的效果之觀點來看,將樹脂組成物中之不揮發成分定為100質量%時,較佳為1質量%以上,進而佳為1.5質量%以上,更佳為2質量%以上。上限較佳為5質量%以下,更佳為4質量%以下,進而佳為3質量%以下。The content of the hardener (F) is preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 1.5% by mass, when the nonvolatile content in the resin composition is set at 100% by mass, from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the desired effect of the present invention. mass % or more, more preferably 2 mass % or more. The upper limit is preferably 5 mass % or less, more preferably 4 mass % or less, and still more preferably 3 mass % or less.

(F)硬化劑之含量,由顯著地獲得本發明期望的效果之觀點來看,將樹脂組成物中之樹脂成分定為100質量%時,較佳為1質量%以上,更佳為2質量%以上,進而佳為3質量%以上,較佳為10質量%以下,更佳為8質量%以下,進而佳為5質量%以下。The content of the hardener (F) is preferably 1 mass % or more, more preferably 2 mass %, when the resin component in the resin composition is 100 mass % from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the desired effect of the present invention. % or more, more preferably 3 mass % or more, preferably 10 mass % or less, more preferably 8 mass % or less, and still more preferably 5 mass % or less.

<(G)硬化促進劑> 樹脂組成物,除上述成分以外,作為任意成分,亦可進一步含有硬化促進劑作為(G)成分。<(G) Hardening accelerator> In addition to the above-mentioned components, the resin composition may further contain a curing accelerator as the component (G) as an optional component.

作為(G)成分,可舉例例如磷系硬化促進劑、胺系硬化促進劑、咪唑系硬化促進劑、胍系硬化促進劑、金屬系硬化促進劑等。(G)成分可單獨使用1種,亦可組合2種以上來使用。As (G) component, a phosphorus type hardening accelerator, an amine type hardening accelerator, an imidazole type hardening accelerator, a guanidine type hardening accelerator, a metal type hardening accelerator, etc. are mentioned, for example. (G) component may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types.

作為磷系硬化促進劑,可舉例例如三苯基膦、鏻硼酸鹽化合物、四苯基鏻四苯基硼酸鹽、n-丁基鏻四苯基硼酸鹽、四丁基鏻癸酸鹽、(4-甲基苯基)三苯基鏻硫氰酸鹽、四苯基鏻硫氰酸鹽、丁基三苯基鏻硫氰酸鹽等,以三苯基膦、四丁基鏻癸酸鹽較佳。Examples of phosphorus-based curing accelerators include triphenylphosphine, phosphonium borate compounds, tetraphenylphosphonium tetraphenylborate, n-butylphosphonium tetraphenylborate, tetrabutylphosphonium decanoate, ( 4-methylphenyl) triphenylphosphonium thiocyanate, tetraphenylphosphonium thiocyanate, butyltriphenylphosphonium thiocyanate, etc., with triphenylphosphine, tetrabutylphosphonium decanoate better.

作為胺系硬化促進劑,可舉例例如三乙胺、三丁胺等之三烷胺、4-二甲胺基吡啶、苄基二甲胺、2,4,6,-參(二甲胺基甲基)酚、1,8-二吖雙環(5,4,0)-十一烯等,以4-二甲胺基吡啶、1,8-二吖雙環(5,4,0)-十一烯較佳。Examples of the amine-based curing accelerator include trialkylamines such as triethylamine and tributylamine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, benzyldimethylamine, 2,4,6,-sam(dimethylamino) Methyl) phenol, 1,8-diazbicyclo(5,4,0)-undecene, etc., with 4-dimethylaminopyridine, 1,8-diazbicyclo(5,4,0)-decene, etc. An ene is preferred.

作為咪唑系硬化促進劑,可舉例例如2-甲基咪唑、2-十一烷基咪唑、2-十七烷基咪唑、1,2-二甲基咪唑、2-乙基-4-甲基咪唑、1,2-二甲基咪唑、2-乙基-4-甲基咪唑、2-苯基咪唑、2-苯基-4-甲基咪唑、1-苄基-2-甲基咪唑、1-苄基-2-苯基咪唑、1-氰基乙基-2-甲基咪唑、1-氰基乙基-2-十一烷基咪唑、1-氰基乙基-2-乙基-4-甲基咪唑、1-氰基乙基-2-苯基咪唑、1-氰基乙基-2-十一烷基咪唑鎓偏苯三酸鹽、1-氰基乙基-2-苯基咪唑鎓偏苯三酸鹽、2,4-二胺基-6-[2’-甲基咪唑基-(1’)]-乙基-s-三

Figure 110124770-A0304-12-0000-4
、2,4-二胺基-6-[2’-十一烷基咪唑基-(1’)]-乙基-s-三
Figure 110124770-A0304-12-0000-4
、2,4-二胺基-6-[2’-乙基-4’-甲基咪唑基-(1’)]-乙基-s-三
Figure 110124770-A0304-12-0000-4
、2,4-二胺基-6-[2’-甲基咪唑基-(1’)]-乙基-s-三
Figure 110124770-A0304-12-0000-4
異三聚氰酸加成物、2-苯基咪唑異三聚氰酸加成物、2-苯基-4,5-二羥基甲基咪唑、2-苯基-4-甲基-5-羥基甲基咪唑、2,3-二氫-1H-吡咯并[1,2-a]苯并咪唑、1-十二烷基-2-甲基-3-苄基咪唑鎓氯化物、2-甲基咪唑啉、2-苯基咪唑啉等之咪唑化合物及咪唑化合物與環氧樹脂之加成物,以2-乙基-4-甲基咪唑、1-苄基-2-苯基咪唑較佳。Examples of imidazole-based curing accelerators include 2-methylimidazole, 2-undecylimidazole, 2-heptadecylimidazole, 1,2-dimethylimidazole, and 2-ethyl-4-methyl. Imidazole, 1,2-dimethylimidazole, 2-ethyl-4-methylimidazole, 2-phenylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4-methylimidazole, 1-benzyl-2-methylimidazole, 1-Benzyl-2-phenylimidazole, 1-cyanoethyl-2-methylimidazole, 1-cyanoethyl-2-undecylimidazole, 1-cyanoethyl-2-ethyl -4-methylimidazole, 1-cyanoethyl-2-phenylimidazole, 1-cyanoethyl-2-undecylimidazolium trimellitate, 1-cyanoethyl-2- Phenylimidazolium trimellitate, 2,4-diamino-6-[2'-methylimidazolyl-(1')]-ethyl-s-tris
Figure 110124770-A0304-12-0000-4
, 2,4-Diamino-6-[2'-undecylimidazolyl-(1')]-ethyl-s-tri
Figure 110124770-A0304-12-0000-4
, 2,4-Diamino-6-[2'-ethyl-4'-methylimidazolyl-(1')]-ethyl-s-tri
Figure 110124770-A0304-12-0000-4
, 2,4-Diamino-6-[2'-methylimidazolyl-(1')]-ethyl-s-tri
Figure 110124770-A0304-12-0000-4
Isocyanuric acid adduct, 2-phenylimidazole isocyanuric acid adduct, 2-phenyl-4,5-dihydroxymethylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4-methyl-5- Hydroxymethylimidazole, 2,3-dihydro-1H-pyrrolo[1,2-a]benzimidazole, 1-dodecyl-2-methyl-3-benzylimidazolium chloride, 2- Imidazole compounds such as methylimidazoline, 2-phenylimidazoline, and adducts of imidazole compounds and epoxy resins are compared with 2-ethyl-4-methylimidazole and 1-benzyl-2-phenylimidazole. good.

作為咪唑系硬化促進劑,亦可使用市售品,可舉例例如三菱化學公司製之「P200-H50」等。As an imidazole type hardening accelerator, a commercial item can also be used, for example, "P200-H50" by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation, etc. are mentioned.

作為胍系硬化促進劑,可舉例例如二氰二胺、1-甲基胍、1-乙基胍、1-環己基胍、1-苯基胍、1-(o-甲苯基)胍、二甲基胍、二苯基胍、三甲基胍、四甲基胍、五甲基胍、1,5,7-三氮雜雙環[4.4.0]癸-5-烯、7-甲基-1,5,7-三氮雜雙環[4.4.0]癸-5-烯、1-甲基雙胍、1-乙基雙胍、1-n-丁基雙胍、1-n-十八烷基雙胍、1,1-二甲基雙胍、1,1-二乙基雙胍、1-環己基雙胍、1-烯丙基雙胍、1-苯基雙胍、1-(o-甲苯基)雙胍等,以二氰二胺、1,5,7-三氮雜雙環[4.4.0]癸-5-烯較佳。Examples of the guanidine-based curing accelerator include dicyandiamine, 1-methylguanidine, 1-ethylguanidine, 1-cyclohexylguanidine, 1-phenylguanidine, 1-(o-tolyl)guanidine, Methylguanidine, Diphenylguanidine, Trimethylguanidine, Tetramethylguanidine, Pentamethylguanidine, 1,5,7-triazabicyclo[4.4.0]dec-5-ene, 7-methyl- 1,5,7-Triazabicyclo[4.4.0]dec-5-ene, 1-methyl biguanide, 1-ethyl biguanide, 1-n-butyl biguanide, 1-n-octadecyl biguanide , 1,1-dimethyl biguanide, 1,1-diethyl biguanide, 1-cyclohexyl biguanide, 1-allyl biguanide, 1-phenyl biguanide, 1-(o-tolyl) biguanide, etc. Dicyandiamide and 1,5,7-triazabicyclo[4.4.0]dec-5-ene are preferred.

作為金屬系硬化促進劑,可舉例例如鈷、銅、鋅、鐵、鎳、錳、錫等之金屬之有機金屬錯合物或有機金屬鹽。作為有機金屬錯合物之具體例,可舉例乙醯丙酮鈷(II)、乙醯丙酮鈷(III)等之有機鈷錯合物、乙醯丙酮銅(II)等之有機銅錯合物、乙醯丙酮鋅(II)等之有機鋅錯合物、乙醯丙酮鐵(III)等之有機鐵錯合物、乙醯丙酮鎳(II)等之有機鎳錯合物、乙醯丙酮錳(II)等之有機錳錯合物等。作為有機金屬鹽,可舉例例如辛酸鋅、辛酸錫、環烷酸鋅、環烷酸鈷、硬脂酸錫、硬脂酸鋅等。Examples of the metal-based hardening accelerator include organometallic complexes and organometallic salts of metals such as cobalt, copper, zinc, iron, nickel, manganese, and tin. Specific examples of the organometallic complex include organocobalt complexes such as cobalt acetylacetonate (II), cobalt acetylacetonate (III), etc., organocopper complexes such as copper acetylacetonate (II), Organic zinc complexes such as zinc (II) acetylacetonate, organic iron complexes such as iron (III) acetylacetonate, organic nickel complexes such as nickel (II) acetylacetonate, manganese acetylacetonate ( II) Organic manganese complexes and the like. As an organometallic salt, zinc octoate, tin octoate, zinc naphthenate, cobalt naphthenate, tin stearate, zinc stearate, etc. are mentioned, for example.

(G)成分之含量,由顯著地獲得本發明期望的效果之觀點來看,將樹脂組成物中之不揮發成分定為100質量%時,較佳為0.01質量%以上,更佳為0.05質量%以上,進而佳為0.1質量%以上,較佳為3質量%以下,更佳為1.5質量%以下,進而佳為1質量%以下。The content of the component (G) is preferably 0.01 mass % or more, more preferably 0.05 mass %, when the non-volatile content in the resin composition is 100 mass % from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the desired effect of the present invention. % or more, more preferably 0.1 mass % or more, preferably 3 mass % or less, more preferably 1.5 mass % or less, still more preferably 1 mass % or less.

(G)成分之含量,由顯著地獲得本發明期望的效果之觀點來看,將樹脂組成物中之樹脂成分定為100質量%時,較佳為0.1質量%以上,更佳為0.3質量%以上,進而佳為0.5質量%以上,較佳為5質量%以下,更佳為3質量%以下,進而佳為1質量%以下。The content of the component (G) is preferably 0.1% by mass or more, more preferably 0.3% by mass, when the resin component in the resin composition is 100% by mass, from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the desired effect of the present invention. Above, more preferably 0.5 mass % or more, more preferably 5 mass % or less, more preferably 3 mass % or less, and still more preferably 1 mass % or less.

<(H)其他添加劑> 樹脂組成物,除上述成分以外,亦可進一步含有其他添加劑作為任意成分。作為如此之添加劑,可舉例例如熱可塑性樹脂、彈性體、有機填充材、增黏劑、消泡劑、流平劑、密著性賦予劑、阻燃劑等。此等,可單獨使用1種,亦可以任意之比率組合2種以上使用。<(H) Other additives> In addition to the above-mentioned components, the resin composition may further contain other additives as optional components. As such an additive, a thermoplastic resin, an elastomer, an organic filler, a tackifier, a defoaming agent, a leveling agent, an adhesiveness imparting agent, a flame retardant etc. are mentioned, for example. These may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types in arbitrary ratios.

樹脂組成物,例如,可藉由將上述成分以任意順序混合來製造。又,混合各成分之過程中,亦可藉由適當地調整溫度,進行加熱及/或冷卻。又,各成分之混合中或混合後,亦可使用混合器等之攪拌裝置進行攪拌,使各成分均勻地分散。進而,視需要亦可於樹脂組成物進行脫泡處理。The resin composition can be produced, for example, by mixing the above-mentioned components in an arbitrary order. Moreover, in the process of mixing each component, heating and/or cooling can also be performed by adjusting temperature suitably. In addition, during or after the mixing of each component, a stirring device such as a mixer may be used to agitate the component to uniformly disperse the component. Furthermore, a defoaming process may be performed on a resin composition as needed.

<樹脂組成物之物性、用途> 樹脂組成物,由於組合包含(A)成分(B)成分及(C)成分,故可獲得介電特性低,即使表面粗度變小剝離強度亦優異,及玻璃轉移溫度高的硬化物。<Physical properties and applications of resin composition> Since the resin composition contains (A) component (B) component and (C) component in combination, a cured product with low dielectric properties, excellent peel strength even if the surface roughness is reduced, and high glass transition temperature can be obtained.

使樹脂組成物以200℃熱硬化90分鐘而得之硬化物,具有低的介電常數Dk。因此,以此硬化物形成絕緣層時,可獲得介電常數低的絕緣層。例如,以後述實施例記載之條件使樹脂組成物硬化而得之硬化物的介電常數Dk,較佳為3.0以下,更佳為2.9以下,進而佳為2.8以下。前述之硬化物的介電常數Dk之下限值雖無特別限定,但可為0.1以上。硬化物之介電常數,可藉由實施例中說明的方法來測定。The cured product obtained by thermally curing the resin composition at 200° C. for 90 minutes has a low dielectric constant Dk. Therefore, when an insulating layer is formed from this cured product, an insulating layer having a low dielectric constant can be obtained. For example, the dielectric constant Dk of the cured product obtained by curing the resin composition under the conditions described in the following Examples is preferably 3.0 or less, more preferably 2.9 or less, and still more preferably 2.8 or less. The lower limit value of the dielectric constant Dk of the above-mentioned cured product is not particularly limited, but may be 0.1 or more. The dielectric constant of the cured product can be measured by the method described in the examples.

使樹脂組成物以200℃熱硬化90分鐘而得之硬化物,具有低的介電損耗角正切。因此,以此硬化物形成絕緣層時,可獲得介電損耗角正切低的絕緣層。例如,以後述實施例記載之條件使樹脂組成物硬化而得之硬化物的介電損耗角正切Df,較佳為0.010以下,更佳為0.005以下,進而佳為0.004以下。前述之硬化物的介電損耗角正切Df之下限值雖無特別限定,但可為0.001以上。硬化物之介電損耗角正切,可藉由實施例中說明的方法來測定。A cured product obtained by thermally curing the resin composition at 200° C. for 90 minutes has a low dielectric loss tangent. Therefore, when an insulating layer is formed from this cured product, an insulating layer having a low dielectric loss tangent can be obtained. For example, the dielectric loss tangent Df of the cured product obtained by curing the resin composition under the conditions described in the following Examples is preferably 0.010 or less, more preferably 0.005 or less, and still more preferably 0.004 or less. The lower limit value of the dielectric loss tangent Df of the above-mentioned cured product is not particularly limited, but may be 0.001 or more. The dielectric loss tangent of the cured product can be measured by the method described in the examples.

使樹脂組成物以200℃熱硬化90分鐘而得之硬化物,可提高表示與鍍敷導體層之間接著強度的鍍敷剝離強度。因此,以此硬化物形成絕緣層時,可獲得與導體層之間剝離強度高的絕緣層。例如,以後述實施例中記載之方法進行絕緣層及鍍敷導體層的形成時,絕緣層及導體層之間的剝離強度,較佳為0.2kgf/cm以上,更佳為0.3kgf/cm以上,特佳可為0.4kgf/cm以上。密著性之上限值雖無特別限定,但例如可為10.0kgf/cm以下。剝離強度,可藉由實施例中說明的方法來測定。The hardened product obtained by thermally hardening the resin composition at 200° C. for 90 minutes can improve the plating peeling strength, which represents the adhesion strength to the plating conductor layer. Therefore, when an insulating layer is formed from this cured product, an insulating layer having a high peel strength from the conductor layer can be obtained. For example, when the insulating layer and the plated conductor layer are formed by the method described in the following examples, the peel strength between the insulating layer and the conductor layer is preferably 0.2 kgf/cm or more, more preferably 0.3 kgf/cm or more , 0.4kgf/cm or more. The upper limit of the adhesion is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, 10.0 kgf/cm or less. Peel strength can be measured by the method demonstrated in an Example.

使樹脂組成物以200℃熱硬化90分鐘而得之硬化物,顯示可減小粗化處理後之硬化物表面的算術平均粗度(Ra)之特性。因此,可獲得粗化處理後之表面的算術平均粗度(Ra)小之絕緣層。作為算術平均粗度(Ra),較佳為100nm以下,更佳為80nm以下,進而佳為50nm以下。下限雖無特別限定,但可定為1nm以上等。算術平均粗度(Ra),可依循後述實施例中記載之方法來測定。The cured product obtained by thermally curing the resin composition at 200° C. for 90 minutes shows the characteristic that the arithmetic mean roughness (Ra) of the surface of the cured product after the roughening treatment can be reduced. Therefore, an insulating layer having a small arithmetic mean roughness (Ra) of the surface after the roughening treatment can be obtained. The arithmetic mean roughness (Ra) is preferably 100 nm or less, more preferably 80 nm or less, and still more preferably 50 nm or less. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but can be set to 1 nm or more. The arithmetic mean roughness (Ra) can be measured in accordance with the method described in the examples described later.

使樹脂組成物以200℃熱硬化90分鐘而得之硬化物顯示玻璃轉移溫度高的特性。因此,以此絕緣層形成絕緣層時,可獲得玻璃轉移溫度高且耐熱性優異的絕緣層。作為玻璃轉移溫度,較佳為140℃以上,更佳為145℃以上,進而佳為150℃以上。上限雖無特別限定,但可定為300℃以下等。玻璃轉移溫度之測定,可依循後述實施例中記載之方法來測定。The cured product obtained by thermally curing the resin composition at 200° C. for 90 minutes exhibits a high glass transition temperature. Therefore, when an insulating layer is formed from this insulating layer, an insulating layer having a high glass transition temperature and excellent heat resistance can be obtained. The glass transition temperature is preferably 140°C or higher, more preferably 145°C or higher, and further preferably 150°C or higher. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but can be set to 300° C. or lower. The glass transition temperature can be measured according to the method described in the examples described later.

本發明之一實施形態之樹脂組成物,適合作為絕緣用途之樹脂組成物,其中,特別適合作為絕緣層形成用之樹脂組成物。因此,例如,樹脂組成物,適合作為用以形成印刷配線板之絕緣層的樹脂組成物(印刷配線板之絕緣層形成用之樹脂組成物)。又,樹脂組成物,適合作為用以形成在絕緣層上形成之導體層(包含配線層)的用以形成該絕緣層之樹脂組成物(用以形成導體層之絕緣層形成用的樹脂組成物)。樹脂組成物,又可在樹脂薄片、預浸體等之薄片狀層合材料、阻焊劑、底部填充材、晶粒接合材、半導體封裝材、填補樹脂脂、零件埋入樹脂、多晶片封裝、堆疊封裝、晶圓級封裝、面板級封裝、系統級封裝等樹脂組成物可使用之用途上廣泛地使用。The resin composition according to one embodiment of the present invention is suitable as a resin composition for insulating purposes, and is particularly suitable as a resin composition for forming an insulating layer. Therefore, for example, the resin composition is suitable as a resin composition for forming an insulating layer of a printed wiring board (a resin composition for forming an insulating layer of a printed wiring board). In addition, the resin composition is suitable as a resin composition for forming a conductor layer (including a wiring layer) formed on an insulating layer, a resin composition for forming the insulating layer (a resin composition for forming an insulating layer for forming a conductor layer) ). The resin composition can also be used in sheet-like laminates such as resin sheets and prepregs, solder resists, underfill materials, die bonding materials, semiconductor packaging materials, filling resin grease, parts embedding resin, multi-chip packaging, Resin compositions are widely used in applications such as stack packaging, wafer level packaging, panel level packaging, and system level packaging.

又,例如,經過以下之(1)~(6)步驟製造半導體晶片封裝時,本實施形態之樹脂組成物,亦適合使用作為用以形成再配線層之絕緣層的用以形成再配線形成層之樹脂組成物(再配線形成層形成用之樹脂組成物),及用以封裝半導體晶片之樹脂組成物(半導體晶片封裝用之樹脂組成物)。製造半導體晶片封裝時,在封裝層上,亦可進一步形成再配線層。 (1)於基材層合暫時固定膜的步驟、 (2)將半導體晶片暫時固定於暫時固定膜上的步驟、 (3)於半導體晶片上形成封裝層的步驟、 (4)將基材及暫時固定膜自半導體晶片剝離的步驟、 (5)於剝離半導體晶片之基材及暫時固定膜的面,形成作為絕緣層之再配線形成層的步驟,及 (6)於再配線形成層上,形成作為導體層之再配線層的步驟。Further, for example, when a semiconductor chip package is manufactured through the following steps (1) to (6), the resin composition of the present embodiment is also suitable for use as an insulating layer for forming a rewiring layer for forming a rewiring forming layer The resin composition (resin composition for rewiring formation layer formation), and the resin composition for encapsulating semiconductor chips (resin composition for semiconductor chip encapsulation). When manufacturing a semiconductor chip package, a rewiring layer may be further formed on the package layer. (1) the step of laminating the temporary fixing film on the base material, (2) the step of temporarily fixing the semiconductor wafer on the temporary fixing film, (3) the step of forming the encapsulation layer on the semiconductor wafer, (4) the step of peeling off the base material and the temporary fixing film from the semiconductor wafer, (5) a step of forming a rewiring formation layer serving as an insulating layer on the surface of the peeled-off base material of the semiconductor wafer and the temporary fixing film, and (6) A step of forming a rewiring layer as a conductor layer on the rewiring formation layer.

上述樹脂組成物,亦可使用於印刷配線板為零件內藏電路板之情形中。The above-mentioned resin composition can also be used in the case where the printed wiring board is a component built-in circuit board.

[樹脂薄片] 本發明之樹脂薄片,包含支撐體與設置於該支撐體上之以本發明之樹脂組成物形成的樹脂組成物層。[resin sheet] The resin sheet of the present invention includes a support and a resin composition layer formed of the resin composition of the present invention provided on the support.

樹脂組成物層之厚度,由印刷配線板之薄型化及可提供該樹脂組成物之硬化物係即使為薄膜而絕緣性亦優異的硬化物之觀點來看,較佳為50μm以下,更佳為40μm以下,進而佳為30μm以下。樹脂組成物層之厚度的下限雖無特別限定,但通常可定為5μm以上等。The thickness of the resin composition layer is preferably 50 μm or less, more preferably 50 μm or less, from the viewpoints of thinning the printed wiring board and the fact that the cured product of the resin composition can be provided as a cured product excellent in insulating properties even if it is a thin film. 40 μm or less, more preferably 30 μm or less. Although the lower limit of the thickness of a resin composition layer is not specifically limited, Usually, it can be set to 5 micrometers or more.

作為支撐體,可舉例例如由塑膠材料而成之膜、金屬箔、離型紙,以由塑膠材料而成之膜、金屬箔較佳。As the support, for example, films made of plastic materials, metal foils, and release paper can be used, and films and metal foils made of plastic materials are preferred.

作為支撐體使用由塑膠材料而成之膜時,作為塑膠材料,可舉例例如聚對酞酸乙二酯(以下有時簡稱「PET」)、聚萘二甲酸乙二醇酯(以下有時簡稱「PEN」)等之聚酯、聚碳酸酯(以下以下有時簡稱「PC」)、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯(PMMA)等之丙烯酸基、環狀聚烯烴、三乙醯基纖維素(TAC)、聚醚硫化物(PES)、聚醚酮、聚醯亞胺等。其中,以聚對酞酸乙二酯、聚萘二甲酸乙二醇酯較佳,低價的聚對酞酸乙二酯特佳。When a film made of a plastic material is used as the support, the plastic material may, for example, include polyethylene terephthalate (hereinafter abbreviated as "PET"), polyethylene naphthalate (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as "PET"). Polyester such as "PEN"), polycarbonate (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "PC"), acrylic group such as polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA), cyclic polyolefin, triacetyl cellulose (TAC) ), polyether sulfide (PES), polyether ketone, polyimide, etc. Among them, polyethylene terephthalate and polyethylene naphthalate are preferable, and low-cost polyethylene terephthalate is particularly preferable.

作為支撐體使用金屬箔時,作為金屬箔,可舉例例如銅箔、鋁箔等,以銅箔較佳。作為銅箔,可使用由銅之單金屬而成之之箔,亦可使用由銅與其他金屬(例如,錫、鉻、銀、鎂、鎳、鋯、矽、鈦等)之合金而成之箔。When a metal foil is used as a support, as a metal foil, a copper foil, an aluminum foil, etc. are mentioned, for example, A copper foil is preferable. As the copper foil, a foil made of a single metal of copper, or an alloy of copper and other metals (for example, tin, chromium, silver, magnesium, nickel, zirconium, silicon, titanium, etc.) can be used foil.

支撐體,亦可於與樹脂組成物層接合之面施以啞光處理、電暈處理、防靜電處理。The support body can also be subjected to matte treatment, corona treatment and antistatic treatment on the surface that is joined to the resin composition layer.

又,作為支撐體,亦可使用於與樹脂組成物層接合之面具有離型層之附離型層的支撐體。作為於附脫模層的支撐體之脫模層使用的脫模劑,可舉例例如選自由醇酸樹脂、聚烯烴樹脂、胺基甲酸酯樹脂,及聚矽氧樹脂所成群組中之1種以上的脫模劑。附脫模層的支撐體,亦可使用市售品,可舉例例如具有以醇酸樹脂系脫模劑作為主成分之脫模層的PET膜之琳得科公司製之「SK-1」、「AL-5」、「AL-7」、東麗公司製之「Lumirror T60」、帝人公司製之「Purex」、Unitika公司製之「Unipeel」等。Moreover, as a support body, it can also be used for the support body with a release layer which has a release layer on the surface to be joined to the resin composition layer. As the release agent used for the release layer of the support with the release layer, for example, a release agent selected from the group consisting of an alkyd resin, a polyolefin resin, a urethane resin, and a polysiloxane resin can be exemplified. 1 or more release agents. Commercially available products may also be used as the support with a release layer, and examples include "SK-1" manufactured by Lintec Co., Ltd., a PET film having a release layer containing an alkyd resin-based release agent as a main component, "AL-5", "AL-7", "Lumirror T60" manufactured by Toray Corporation, "Purex" manufactured by Teijin Corporation, "Unipeel" manufactured by Unitika Corporation, etc.

作為支撐體之厚度雖無特別限定,但以5μm~75μm之範圍較佳,10μm~60μm之範圍更佳。此外,使用附脫模層的支撐體時,附脫模層的支撐體全體之厚度在上述範圍較佳。The thickness of the support is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 5 μm to 75 μm, and more preferably in the range of 10 μm to 60 μm. Moreover, when the support body with a mold release layer is used, it is preferable that the thickness of the whole support body with a mold release layer is in the said range.

一實施形態中,樹脂薄片,進而視需要亦可包含其他層。作為該其他層,可舉例例如設置於樹脂組成物層之不與支撐體接合的面(即,與支撐體相反側的面)之依據支撐體的保護膜等。保護膜之厚度雖無特別限定,但例如為1μm~40μm。藉由層合保護膜,可抑制於樹脂組成物層表面之垃圾等之附著或是傷痕。In one embodiment, the resin sheet may further include other layers if necessary. As this other layer, for example, the protective film etc. according to the support provided on the surface (that is, the surface opposite to the support) of the resin composition layer which is not bonded to the support can be mentioned. Although the thickness of a protective film is not specifically limited, For example, it is 1 micrometer - 40 micrometers. By laminating the protective film, it is possible to suppress the adhesion of dirt or the like on the surface of the resin composition layer or to prevent scratches.

樹脂薄片,例如,藉由調製將樹脂組成物溶解於有機溶劑而成之樹脂塗料,將此樹脂塗料使用模頭塗佈機等塗佈於支撐體上,進而使其乾燥形成樹脂組成物層來製造。The resin sheet is prepared, for example, by preparing a resin coating obtained by dissolving a resin composition in an organic solvent, applying the resin coating on a support using a die coater or the like, and then drying it to form a resin composition layer. manufacture.

作為有機溶劑,可舉例例如丙酮、甲基乙基酮(MEK)及環己酮等之酮類;乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯、溶纖劑乙酸酯、丙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯及卡必醇乙酸酯等之乙酸酯類;溶纖劑及丁基卡必醇等之卡必醇類;甲苯及二甲苯等之芳香族烴類;二甲基甲醯胺、二甲基乙醯胺(DMAc)及N-甲基吡咯啶酮等之醯胺系溶劑等。有機溶劑可單獨使用1種,亦可組合2種以上使用。Examples of the organic solvent include ketones such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone (MEK), and cyclohexanone; ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, cellosolve acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, and Acetates such as carbitol acetate; carbitols such as cellosolve and butyl carbitol; aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; dimethylformamide, dimethylethyl acetate Amide-based solvents such as amide (DMAc) and N-methylpyrrolidone, etc. An organic solvent may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types.

乾燥,可藉由加熱、吹熱風等之公知的方法來實施。乾燥條件雖無特別限定,但以樹脂組成物層中之有機溶劑的含量成為10質量%以下之方式,較佳為成為5質量%以下之方式使其乾燥。雖依據樹脂塗料中之有機溶劑的沸點而有所不同,但例如使用包含30質量%~60質量%之有機溶劑的樹脂塗料時,可藉由以50℃~150℃使其3分鐘~10分鐘乾燥來形成樹脂組成物層。Drying can be carried out by known methods such as heating and blowing hot air. The drying conditions are not particularly limited, but are dried so that the content of the organic solvent in the resin composition layer is 10 mass % or less, preferably 5 mass % or less. Although it varies depending on the boiling point of the organic solvent in the resin coating, for example, when using a resin coating containing an organic solvent of 30% by mass to 60% by mass, it can be adjusted at 50°C to 150°C for 3 minutes to 10 minutes. It is dried to form a resin composition layer.

樹脂薄片,可捲成輥狀來保存。樹脂薄片具有保護膜時,藉由剝除保護膜變得可以使用。Resin sheets can be rolled into rolls for storage. When the resin sheet has a protective film, it can be used by peeling off the protective film.

[印刷配線板] 本發明之一實施形態之印刷配線板,包含以將上述樹脂組成物硬化而得之硬化物所形成絕緣層。[Printed Wiring Board] A printed wiring board according to an embodiment of the present invention includes an insulating layer formed of a cured product obtained by curing the resin composition.

印刷配線板,例如,可使用上述樹脂薄片,藉由包含下述(I)及(II)之步驟的方法來製造。 (I)以樹脂薄片之樹脂組成物層與內層基板接合之方式,將樹脂薄片層合於內層基板上的步驟 (II)將樹脂組成物層硬化形成絕緣層的步驟A printed wiring board, for example, can be manufactured by a method including the steps of the following (I) and (II) using the above-mentioned resin sheet. (1) Step of laminating the resin sheet on the inner-layer substrate by bonding the resin composition layer of the resin sheet to the inner-layer substrate (II) Step of hardening the resin composition layer to form an insulating layer

所謂步驟(I)使用之「內層基板」,為成為印刷配線板之基板的構件,可舉例例如玻璃環氧基板、金屬基板、聚酯基板、聚醯亞胺基板、BT樹脂基板、熱硬化型聚伸苯醚基板等。又,該基板,其單面或兩面可具有導體層,此導體層亦可經圖型加工。基板之單面或兩面形成有導體層之內層基板有時稱為「內層電路基板」。又,製造印刷配線板時,進而欲形成有絕緣層及/或導體層之中間製造物,亦包含於「內層基板」。印刷配線板為零件內藏電路板時,亦可使用內藏有零件之內層基板。The so-called "inner layer substrate" used in the step (I) is a member that becomes the substrate of the printed wiring board, such as glass epoxy substrate, metal substrate, polyester substrate, polyimide substrate, BT resin substrate, thermosetting type polyphenylene ether substrate, etc. In addition, the substrate may have a conductor layer on one side or both sides, and the conductor layer may also be patterned. An inner layer substrate in which a conductor layer is formed on one or both sides of the substrate is sometimes referred to as an "inner layer circuit substrate". In addition, when manufacturing a printed wiring board, the intermediate product in which an insulating layer and/or a conductor layer is further intended to be formed is also included in the "inner layer substrate". When the printed wiring board is a circuit board with built-in components, an inner-layer substrate with built-in components can also be used.

內層基板與樹脂薄片之層合,例如,可藉由自支撐體側將樹脂薄片加熱壓接於內層基板來進行。作為將樹脂薄片加熱壓接於內層基板的構件(以下,亦稱為「加熱壓接構件」),可舉例例如經加熱之金屬板(SUS鏡板等)或金屬輥(SUS輥等)。此外,並非將加熱壓接構件直接加壓於樹脂薄片,而是為了樹脂薄片充分貼合內層基板之表面凹凸,透過耐熱橡膠等之彈性材料加壓較佳。The lamination of the inner layer substrate and the resin sheet can be performed, for example, by thermocompression bonding of the resin sheet to the inner layer substrate from the side of the support. As a member for thermocompression bonding of the resin sheet to the inner layer substrate (hereinafter, also referred to as "thermocompression bonding member"), for example, a heated metal plate (SUS mirror plate, etc.) or a metal roll (SUS roll etc.) can be mentioned. In addition, instead of pressing the thermocompression member directly on the resin sheet, it is preferable to pressurize the resin sheet through an elastic material such as heat-resistant rubber so that the resin sheet can sufficiently adhere to the surface unevenness of the inner layer substrate.

內層基板與樹脂薄片之層合,亦可藉由真空層合法來實施。真空層合法中,加熱壓接溫度,較佳為60℃~160℃,更佳為80℃~140℃之範圍,加熱壓接壓力,較佳為0.098MPa~1.77MPa,更佳為0.29MPa~1.47MPa之範圍,加熱壓接時間,較佳為20秒~400秒,更佳為30秒~300秒之範圍。層合,較佳為可以壓力26.7hPa以下之減壓條件下來實施。The lamination of the inner layer substrate and the resin sheet can also be carried out by a vacuum lamination method. In the vacuum lamination method, the heating and crimping temperature is preferably in the range of 60°C to 160°C, more preferably in the range of 80°C to 140°C, and the heating and crimping pressure is preferably 0.098MPa to 1.77MPa, more preferably 0.29MPa~ In the range of 1.47MPa, the heating and crimping time is preferably in the range of 20 seconds to 400 seconds, and more preferably in the range of 30 seconds to 300 seconds. The lamination is preferably carried out under a reduced pressure condition of a pressure of 26.7 hPa or less.

層合,可藉由市售之真空貼合機來進行。作為市售之真空貼合機,可舉例例如名機製作所公司製之真空加壓式貼合機、Nikko Materials公司製之真空貼合機、批次式真空加壓貼合機等。Lamination can be performed by a commercially available vacuum laminating machine. As a commercially available vacuum laminating machine, a vacuum pressure laminating machine manufactured by Meiki Seisakusho Co., Ltd., a vacuum laminating machine manufactured by Nikko Materials Co., Ltd., a batch type vacuum pressure laminating machine, etc. are mentioned, for example.

層合之後,亦可在大氣壓下,例如,將加熱壓接構件自支撐體側加壓,進行經層合之樹脂薄片的平滑化處理。平滑化處理之加壓條件,可定為與上述層合之加熱壓接條件相同的條件。平滑化處理,可藉由市售之貼合機進行。此外,層合與平滑化處理,亦可使用上述市售之真空貼合機連續地進行。After lamination, for example, the thermocompression-bonding member may be pressurized from the support body side under atmospheric pressure to perform smoothing treatment of the laminated resin sheet. The pressing conditions of the smoothing treatment can be set to the same conditions as the thermocompression bonding conditions of the above-mentioned lamination. The smoothing process can be performed by a commercially available laminating machine. In addition, the lamination and smoothing process can also be performed continuously using the above-mentioned commercially available vacuum laminating machine.

支撐體,可在步驟(I)與步驟(II)之間去除,亦可在步驟(II)之後去除。The support may be removed between the step (I) and the step (II), or may be removed after the step (II).

步驟(II)中,將樹脂組成物層硬化,形成由樹脂組成物之硬化物而成之絕緣層。樹脂組成物層之硬化條件無特別限定,可使用於形成印刷配線板之絕緣層時採用的條件。樹脂組成物層,雖亦可藉由照射紫外線等之活性能量線使其硬化,但通常藉由加熱使其熱硬化。In step (II), the resin composition layer is hardened to form an insulating layer made of a hardened product of the resin composition. The curing conditions of the resin composition layer are not particularly limited, and can be used for the conditions employed when forming the insulating layer of the printed wiring board. Although the resin composition layer may be cured by irradiating active energy rays such as ultraviolet rays, it is usually thermally cured by heating.

例如,樹脂組成物層之熱硬化條件,雖依據樹脂組成物之種類有所不同,但一實施形態中,硬化溫度較佳為120℃~240℃,更佳為150℃~220℃,進而佳為170℃~210℃。硬化時間較佳可定為5分鐘~120分鐘,更佳可定為10分鐘~100分鐘,進而佳可定為15分鐘~100分鐘。For example, although the thermal curing conditions of the resin composition layer vary depending on the type of resin composition, in one embodiment, the curing temperature is preferably 120°C to 240°C, more preferably 150°C to 220°C, and more preferably It is 170℃~210℃. The hardening time is preferably 5 minutes to 120 minutes, more preferably 10 minutes to 100 minutes, and more preferably 15 minutes to 100 minutes.

使樹脂組成物層熱硬化之前,可將樹脂組成物層以低於硬化溫度之溫度進行預加熱。例如,可在使樹脂組成物層熱硬化之前,以50℃~120℃,較佳為60℃~115℃,更佳為70℃~110℃之溫度,將樹脂組成物層預加熱5分鐘以上,較佳為5分鐘~150分鐘,更佳為15分鐘~120分鐘,進而佳為15分鐘~100分鐘。Before thermally curing the resin composition layer, the resin composition layer may be preheated at a temperature lower than the curing temperature. For example, before thermosetting the resin composition layer, the resin composition layer may be preheated at a temperature of 50°C to 120°C, preferably 60°C to 115°C, more preferably 70°C to 110°C for more than 5 minutes. , preferably 5 minutes to 150 minutes, more preferably 15 minutes to 120 minutes, and further preferably 15 minutes to 100 minutes.

製造印刷配線板之方法,可進而包含(III)於絕緣層打洞的步驟、(IV)將絕緣層粗化處理的步驟、(V)形成導體層的步驟。在步驟(II)之後去除支撐體時,該支撐體之去除,可在步驟(II)與步驟(III)之間、步驟(III)與步驟(IV)之間,或步驟(IV)與步驟(V)之間實施。又,可視需要重複實施步驟(I)~步驟(V)之絕緣層及導體層的形成,形成多層配線板。The method of manufacturing a printed wiring board may further include (III) a step of drilling a hole in an insulating layer, (IV) a step of roughening the insulating layer, and (V) a step of forming a conductor layer. When the support is removed after step (II), the removal of the support may be between step (II) and step (III), between step (III) and step (IV), or between step (IV) and step (IV) (V) between implementations. In addition, the formation of the insulating layer and the conductor layer in steps (I) to (V) may be repeated as necessary to form a multilayer wiring board.

步驟(III)為於絕緣層打洞的步驟,可藉此於絕緣層形成通孔、貫穿孔等之孔。步驟(III),視於絕緣層之形成中使用的樹脂組成物之組成,例如,可使用鑽頭、雷射、電漿等來實施。孔的尺寸或形狀,可視印刷配線板之設計來適當地決定。Step (III) is a step of drilling holes in the insulating layer, whereby holes such as through holes, through holes, etc. can be formed in the insulating layer. Step (III), depending on the composition of the resin composition used in the formation of the insulating layer, can be performed using, for example, a drill, a laser, and a plasma. The size or shape of the hole can be appropriately determined depending on the design of the printed wiring board.

步驟(IV)為將絕緣層粗化處理的步驟。通常,此步驟(IV)中,亦可進行膠渣的去除。粗化處理之程序、條件無特別限定。例如,可依序實施利用膨潤液之膨潤處理、利用氧化劑之粗化處理、利用中和液之中和處理將絕緣層粗化處理。Step (IV) is a step of roughening the insulating layer. Usually, in this step (IV), smear removal can also be performed. The procedure and conditions of the roughening treatment are not particularly limited. For example, a swelling treatment with a swelling liquid, a roughening treatment with an oxidizing agent, and a neutralization treatment with a neutralizing liquid can be sequentially performed to roughen the insulating layer.

作為使用於粗化處理之膨潤液,可舉例例如鹼溶液、界面活性劑溶液等,較佳為鹼溶液。作為鹼溶液,可舉例氫氧化鈉溶液、氫氧化鉀溶液更佳。作為市售之膨潤液,可舉例例如Atotech Japan公司製之「膨潤‧浸漬‧溶脹P (Swelling Dip Securiganth P)」、「膨潤‧浸漬‧溶脹SBU (Swelling Dip Securiganth SBU)」」等。利用膨潤液之膨潤處理雖無特別限定,但例如可藉由將絕緣層浸漬於30℃~90℃之膨潤液中1分鐘~20分鐘來進行。由將絕緣層之樹脂的膨潤控制在適度的程度之觀點來看,以將絕緣層浸漬於40℃~80℃之膨潤液中5分鐘~15分鐘較佳。Examples of the swelling liquid used for the roughening treatment include an alkaline solution, a surfactant solution, and the like, and an alkaline solution is preferred. As an alkali solution, a sodium hydroxide solution and a potassium hydroxide solution are mentioned more preferably. As a commercially available swelling liquid, "Swelling Dip Securiganth P (Swelling Dip Securiganth P)" and "Swelling Dip Securiganth SBU (Swelling Dip Securiganth SBU)" manufactured by Atotech Japan can be exemplified, for example. Although the swelling treatment by the swelling liquid is not particularly limited, for example, it can be performed by immersing the insulating layer in the swelling liquid at 30° C. to 90° C. for 1 minute to 20 minutes. From the viewpoint of controlling the swelling of the resin of the insulating layer to an appropriate level, it is preferable to immerse the insulating layer in a swelling liquid of 40° C. to 80° C. for 5 minutes to 15 minutes.

作為用於粗化處理之氧化劑,可舉例例如將過錳酸鉀或過錳酸鈉溶解於氫氧化鈉水溶液中而成之鹼性過錳酸溶液。藉由鹼性過錳酸溶液等之氧化劑的粗化處理,以將絕緣層浸漬於加熱至60℃~100℃之氧化劑溶液中10分鐘~30分鐘來進行較佳。又,鹼性過錳酸溶液中之過錳酸鹽的濃度以5質量%~10質量%較佳。作為市售之氧化劑,可舉例例如Atotech Japan公司製之「Concentrates Compact CP」、「Dosing Solution Securiganth P」等之鹼性過錳酸溶液。As an oxidizing agent for roughening treatment, for example, an alkaline permanganic acid solution obtained by dissolving potassium permanganate or sodium permanganate in an aqueous sodium hydroxide solution can be mentioned. The roughening treatment of an oxidizing agent such as an alkaline permanganic acid solution is preferably performed by immersing the insulating layer in an oxidizing agent solution heated to 60° C. to 100° C. for 10 minutes to 30 minutes. In addition, the concentration of the permanganate in the alkaline permanganic acid solution is preferably 5% by mass to 10% by mass. Examples of commercially available oxidizing agents include alkaline permanganic acid solutions such as "Concentrates Compact CP" and "Dosing Solution Securiganth P" manufactured by Atotech Japan.

作為用於粗化處理之中和液,以酸性之水溶液較佳,作為市售品,可舉例例如Atotech Japan公司製之「Reduction solution Securiganth P」。利用中和液之處理,可藉由將經過利用氧化劑之粗化處理的處理面浸漬於30℃~80℃之中和液中5分鐘~30分鐘來進行。由作業性等之點來看,以將經過利用氧化劑之粗化處理的對象物,浸漬於40℃~70℃之中和液中5分鐘~20分鐘的方法較佳。As the neutralizing solution for the roughening treatment, an acidic aqueous solution is preferred, and as a commercial product, for example, "Reduction solution Securiganth P" manufactured by Atotech Japan can be exemplified. The treatment with the neutralizing liquid can be performed by immersing the treated surface subjected to the roughening treatment with the oxidizing agent in the neutralizing liquid at 30° C. to 80° C. for 5 minutes to 30 minutes. From the viewpoint of workability and the like, the method of immersing the object subjected to the roughening treatment by the oxidizing agent in the neutralizing liquid at 40° C. to 70° C. for 5 minutes to 20 minutes is preferable.

一實施形態中,粗化處理後之絕緣層表面的算術平均粗度Ra,較佳為500nm以下,更佳為400nm以下,進而佳為300nm以下。關於下限無特別限定,例如,可為1nm以上、2nm以上等。又,粗化處理後之絕緣層表面的均方根平均粗度(Rq),較佳為500nm以下,更佳為400nm以下,進而佳為300nm以下。關於下限無特別限定,例如,可定為1nm以上、2nm以上等。絕緣層表面之算術平均粗度(Ra)及均方根平均粗度(Rq),可使用非接觸型表面粗度計來測定。In one embodiment, the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface of the insulating layer after the roughening treatment is preferably 500 nm or less, more preferably 400 nm or less, and still more preferably 300 nm or less. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, 1 nm or more, 2 nm or more, or the like. In addition, the root mean square average roughness (Rq) of the surface of the insulating layer after the roughening treatment is preferably 500 nm or less, more preferably 400 nm or less, and still more preferably 300 nm or less. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but can be, for example, 1 nm or more, 2 nm or more, or the like. The arithmetic mean roughness (Ra) and the root mean square mean roughness (Rq) of the surface of the insulating layer can be measured using a non-contact surface roughness meter.

步驟(V)為形成導體層的步驟,於絕緣層上形成導體層。於導體層使用之導體材料無特別限定。較合適的實施形態中,導體層包含選自由金、鉑、鈀、銀、銅、鋁、鈷、鉻、鋅、鎳、鈦、鎢、鐵、錫及銦所成群組中之1種以上的金屬。導體層可為單金屬層,亦可為合金層,作為合金層,可舉例例如由選自上述群中之2種以上的金屬之合金(例如,鎳・鉻合金、銅・鎳合金及銅・鈦合金)形成的層。其中,由導體層形成之通用性、成本、圖型化之容易性等之觀點來看,以鉻、鎳、鈦、鋁、鋅、金、鈀、銀或銅之單金屬層,或鎳・鉻合金、銅・鎳合金、銅・鈦合金之合金層較佳,鉻、鎳、鈦、鋁、鋅、金、鈀、銀或銅之單金屬層,或鎳・鉻合金之合金層更佳,銅之單金屬層進而佳。Step (V) is a step of forming a conductor layer, and a conductor layer is formed on the insulating layer. The conductor material used for the conductor layer is not particularly limited. In a more suitable embodiment, the conductor layer comprises at least one selected from the group consisting of gold, platinum, palladium, silver, copper, aluminum, cobalt, chromium, zinc, nickel, titanium, tungsten, iron, tin and indium Metal. The conductor layer may be a single metal layer or an alloy layer. As the alloy layer, for example, an alloy of two or more metals selected from the above-mentioned group (for example, nickel-chromium alloy, copper-nickel alloy, and copper- titanium alloy) layers. Among them, from the viewpoints of versatility, cost, ease of patterning, etc. of the formation of the conductor layer, a single metal layer of chromium, nickel, titanium, aluminum, zinc, gold, palladium, silver, or copper, or a single metal layer of nickel, Alloy layer of chromium alloy, copper-nickel alloy, copper-titanium alloy is preferred, single metal layer of chromium, nickel, titanium, aluminum, zinc, gold, palladium, silver or copper, or alloy layer of nickel-chromium alloy is more preferred , and a single metal layer of copper is even better.

導體層可為單層結構,亦可為層合2層以上之由不同種類之金屬或合金而成之單金屬層或合金層而得之複層結構。導體層為複層結構時,與絕緣層接觸之層,以鉻、鋅或鈦之單金屬層,或鎳・鉻合金之合金層較佳。The conductor layer may be a single-layer structure, or may be a multi-layer structure obtained by laminating two or more single metal layers or alloy layers of different kinds of metals or alloys. When the conductor layer has a multi-layer structure, the layer in contact with the insulating layer is preferably a single metal layer of chromium, zinc or titanium, or an alloy layer of nickel-chromium alloy.

導體層之厚度,雖依據期望印刷配線板的設計而不同,但一般為3μm~35μm,較佳為5μm~30μm。Although the thickness of the conductor layer varies depending on the desired design of the printed wiring board, it is generally 3 μm to 35 μm, preferably 5 μm to 30 μm.

導體層,以藉由鍍敷來形成較佳。例如,可藉由半加成法、全加成法等之方法於絕緣層之表面鍍敷,形成具有期望配線圖型之導體層。由製造之簡便性的觀點來看,以藉由半加成法來形成較佳。以下,顯示藉由半加成法形成導體層的例。The conductor layer is preferably formed by plating. For example, a conductor layer having a desired wiring pattern can be formed by plating on the surface of the insulating layer by a semi-additive method, a full-additive method, or the like. From the viewpoint of easiness of manufacture, it is preferable to form by a semi-additive method. Hereinafter, an example in which the conductor layer is formed by the semi-additive method is shown.

於絕緣層之表面,藉由無電解鍍敷形成鍍敷種子層。接著,在形成的鍍敷種子層上,對應期望的配線圖型形成使鍍敷種子層的一部分露出之遮罩圖型。在於露出之鍍敷種子層上藉由電解鍍敷形成金屬層後,去除遮罩圖型。之後,可藉由蝕刻等去除不要的鍍敷種子層,形成具有期望的配線圖型之導體層。On the surface of the insulating layer, a plating seed layer is formed by electroless plating. Next, on the formed plating seed layer, a mask pattern for exposing a part of the plating seed layer is formed in accordance with a desired wiring pattern. After the metal layer is formed by electrolytic plating on the exposed plating seed layer, the mask pattern is removed. After that, the unnecessary plating seed layer can be removed by etching or the like to form a conductor layer having a desired wiring pattern.

[半導體裝置] 本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置,包含上述印刷配線板。此半導體裝置,可使用上述印刷配線板來製造。[semiconductor device] A semiconductor device according to an embodiment of the present invention includes the above-mentioned printed wiring board. This semiconductor device can be manufactured using the above-mentioned printed wiring board.

作為半導體裝置,可舉例提供給電氣製品(例如,電腦、手機、數位照相機及電視等)及交通工具(例如,機車、汽車、電車、船舶及航空器等)等之各種半導體裝置。 [實施例]Examples of semiconductor devices include various semiconductor devices provided to electrical products (eg, computers, mobile phones, digital cameras, televisions, etc.) and vehicles (eg, locomotives, automobiles, trains, ships, aircraft, etc.). [Example]

以下,雖顯示實施例具體說明本發明。惟,本發明不限定於以下之實施例。此外,以下的說明中,表示量的「份」及「%」,除非另有標示,否則則分別意指「質量份」及「質量%」。又,以下說明之操作,除非另有標示,否則在常溫常壓之環境下進行。Hereinafter, although an Example is shown, this invention is demonstrated concretely. However, the present invention is not limited to the following examples. In addition, in the following description, unless otherwise indicated, "part" and "%" which show a quantity mean "mass part" and "mass %", respectively. In addition, the operation described below is carried out under the environment of normal temperature and normal pressure unless otherwise indicated.

<馬來醯亞胺樹脂A之準備> 準備以日本發明協會公開技報公技號碼2020-500211號之合成例1中記載之方法合成的馬來醯亞胺樹脂A之MEK溶液(不揮發成分70質量%)。此馬來醯亞胺樹脂A,具有下述式所示之結構。<Preparation of Maleimide Resin A> A MEK solution (nonvolatile content: 70% by mass) of maleimide resin A synthesized by the method described in Synthesis Example 1 of the Japan Institute of Invention Association Publication No. 2020-500211 was prepared. This maleimide resin A has a structure represented by the following formula.

Figure 02_image053
Figure 02_image053

測定馬來醯亞胺樹脂A之FD-MS譜,確認到M+=560、718及876之波峰。此等之波峰,分別相當於n1 為0、1及2之情形。又,藉由GPC來分析馬來醯亞胺樹脂A,基於數平均分子量求出二氫茚骨架部分之重複單位數n1 的值,為n1 =1.47,分子量分佈(Mw/Mn)=1.81。進而,馬來醯亞胺化合物A1 之總量100面積%中,平均重複單位數n1 為0的馬來醯亞胺樹脂之含有比例為26.5面積%。The FD-MS spectrum of maleimide resin A was measured, and peaks of M+=560, 718 and 876 were confirmed. These peaks correspond to the cases where n 1 is 0, 1 and 2, respectively. In addition, the maleimide resin A was analyzed by GPC, and the value of the number of repeating units n 1 of the indene skeleton moiety was determined based on the number average molecular weight, and found that n 1 =1.47 and molecular weight distribution (Mw/Mn)=1.81 . Furthermore, in 100 area % of the total amount of the maleimide compound A 1 , the content ratio of the maleimide resin having an average repeating unit number n 1 of 0 was 26.5 area %.

前述馬來醯亞胺樹脂A之FD-MS譜,表示以下述測定裝置及測定條件所測定者。 (FD-MS譜之測定裝置及測定條件) 測定裝置:JMS-T100GC AccuTOF 測定條件 測定範圍:m/z=4.00~2000.00 變化率:51.2mA/min 最終電流值:45mA 陰極電壓:-10kV 記錄間隔:0.07secThe FD-MS spectrum of the aforementioned maleimide resin A is measured by the following measuring apparatus and measuring conditions. (Measuring device and measuring conditions of FD-MS spectrum) Measuring device: JMS-T100GC AccuTOF Measurement conditions Measuring range: m/z=4.00~2000.00 Rate of change: 51.2mA/min Final current value: 45mA Cathode voltage: -10kV Recording interval: 0.07sec

前述馬來醯亞胺樹脂A的GPC,表示以下述測定裝置及測定條件所測定者。 測定裝置:Tosoh公司製「HLC-8320 GPC」 管柱:Tosoh公司製保護管柱「HXL-L」、Tosoh公司製「TSK-GEL G2000HXL」、Tosoh公司製「TSK-GEL G2000HXL」、Tosoh公司製「TSK-GEL G3000HXL」,及Tosoh公司製「TSK-GEL G4000HXL」 檢測器:RI(示差折射計) 數據處理:Tosoh公司製「GPC工作站 EcoSEC-WorkStation」 測定條件:管柱溫度 40℃ 展開溶劑 四氫呋喃 流速 1.0ml/分鐘 標準:依據前述「GPC工作站 EcoSEC-WorkStation」之測定手冊,使用分子量已知的單分散聚苯乙烯。 試料:將以馬來醯亞胺化合物之不揮發成分換算為1.0質量%之四氫呋喃溶液以微過濾器過濾而成者(50μl)。The GPC of the maleimide resin A is measured by the following measuring apparatus and measuring conditions. Measuring device: "HLC-8320 GPC" manufactured by Tosoh Corporation Columns: Tosoh Co., Ltd. guard column "HXL-L", Tosoh Co., Ltd. "TSK-GEL G2000HXL", Tosoh Co., Ltd. "TSK-GEL G2000HXL", Tosoh Co., Ltd. TSK-GEL G4000HXL” Detector: RI (differential refractometer) Data processing: "GPC Workstation EcoSEC-WorkStation" manufactured by Tosoh Corporation Measurement conditions: column temperature 40°C Developing solvent: Tetrahydrofuran Flow rate 1.0ml/min Standard: According to the measurement manual of the aforementioned "GPC Workstation EcoSEC-WorkStation", monodisperse polystyrene with known molecular weight is used. Sample: A tetrahydrofuran solution of 1.0% by mass in terms of the nonvolatile content of the maleimide compound was filtered with a microfilter (50 μl).

馬來醯亞胺樹脂A之分子量分佈(重量平均分子量(Mw)/數平均分子量(Mn)),及馬來醯亞胺樹脂中之二氫茚骨架有關的平均重複單位數「n1 」,表示自藉由前述GPC測定所得之GPC圖表所算出者。又,平均重複單位數「n1 」,表示基於數平均分子量(Mn)所算出者。具體而言,對於n1 為0~4之化合物,在散佈圖上標出理論分子量與GPC中之實測值分子量,拉出其近似直線。然後,藉由顯示此直線上之實測值Mn (1)的點求出數平均分子量(Mn),進而算出平均重複單位「n1 」。進而,基於GPC測定的結果,算出馬來醯亞胺樹脂A之總量100面積%中,平均重複單位數n1 為0之馬來醯亞胺樹脂的含有比例(面積%)。詳細而言,可參照日本發明協會公開技報公技號碼2020-500211號。The molecular weight distribution (weight average molecular weight (Mw)/number average molecular weight (Mn)) of the maleimide resin A, and the average number of repeating units "n 1 " in relation to the dihydroindene skeleton in the maleimide resin, It shows what was calculated from the GPC chart obtained by the said GPC measurement. In addition, the average number of repeating units "n 1 " is calculated based on the number average molecular weight (Mn). Specifically, for compounds with n 1 of 0 to 4, the theoretical molecular weight and the measured molecular weight in GPC are marked on the scatter diagram, and an approximate straight line is drawn. Then, the number-average molecular weight (Mn) was obtained from the point showing the measured value Mn (1) on the straight line, and the average repeating unit "n 1 " was also calculated. Furthermore, based on the result of GPC measurement, the content ratio (area %) of the maleimide resin in which the average repeating unit number n 1 is 0 in 100 area % of the total amount of the maleimide resin A was calculated. For details, reference can be made to Japanese Invention Association Publication Technical Publication No. 2020-500211.

<PEEK(聚醚醚酮)化合物A之合成> 於具備攪拌裝置、氬導入管及迪安-斯塔克裝置的500mL燒瓶(三口)中,加入4,4’-二氟二苯甲酮31.443g、間苯二酚13.223g、無水碳酸鉀29.894g、N-甲基吡咯啶酮180mL,及甲苯90mL,在氬氛圍下一邊攪拌一邊加熱,以130~140℃使甲苯回流4小時。之後,進一步加熱以170~180℃餾去甲苯。進而,以170~180℃繼續攪拌10小時後,回到室溫,得到生成物1。<Synthesis of PEEK (polyetheretherketone) compound A> Into a 500 mL flask (three-neck) equipped with a stirring device, an argon introduction tube, and a Dean-Stark device, 31.443 g of 4,4'-difluorobenzophenone, 13.223 g of resorcinol, and 29.894 g of anhydrous potassium carbonate were added. g. 180 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone and 90 mL of toluene were heated with stirring under an argon atmosphere, and the toluene was refluxed at 130 to 140° C. for 4 hours. After that, further heating was performed to distill off toluene at 170 to 180°C. Furthermore, after continuing stirring at 170-180 degreeC for 10 hours, it returned to room temperature, and the product 1 was obtained.

於放有生成物1之燒瓶中,添加4-胺基酚5.233g、無水碳酸鉀6.628g、N-甲基吡咯啶酮18mL,及甲苯90mL,再度在氬氛圍下一邊攪拌一邊加熱,以130~140℃使甲苯回流3小時。之後,加熱以170~180℃餾去甲苯,進而保持前述溫度同時繼續攪拌4小時。之後,冷卻至室溫,將反應液添加至5000mL之甲醇中,藉由過濾而得到粉末狀固體。將此粉末狀固體以甲醇及水反覆洗淨後,以100℃乾燥8小時,得到37.461g之粉末狀固體(二胺-A)。In the flask containing the product 1, 5.233 g of 4-aminophenol, 6.628 g of anhydrous potassium carbonate, 18 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone, and 90 mL of toluene were added, and the flask was heated again while stirring under an argon atmosphere, and heated at 130 Toluene was refluxed for 3 hours at ~140°C. Then, toluene was distilled off by heating at 170-180 degreeC, and stirring was continued for 4 hours while maintaining the said temperature. Then, it cooled to room temperature, the reaction liquid was added to 5000 mL of methanol, and a powdery solid was obtained by filtration. This powdery solid was washed repeatedly with methanol and water, and then dried at 100° C. for 8 hours to obtain 37.461 g of powdery solid (diamine-A).

於具備攪拌裝置、氬導入管之500mL燒瓶(三口)中,加入二胺-A 0.878g、馬來酸酐4.943g、N-甲基吡咯啶酮240mL,在氬氛圍下,於室溫攪拌18小時。之後,添加乙酸酐8.576g、乙酸鈉0.689g,以60℃攪拌6小時。使反應液回到室溫後,藉由將反應液添加至5000mL之甲醇中得到粉末狀固體。將此粉末狀固體以甲醇及水反覆洗淨後,以100℃乾燥8小時,得到下述式所示之PEEK化合物A 28.434g。藉由PEEK化合物A之GPC測定算出的數平均分子量為2230。

Figure 02_image055
In a 500 mL flask (three ports) equipped with a stirring device and an argon introduction tube, 0.878 g of diamine-A, 4.943 g of maleic anhydride, and 240 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone were added, and stirred at room temperature for 18 hours under an argon atmosphere. . Then, 8.576 g of acetic anhydride and 0.689 g of sodium acetate were added, and the mixture was stirred at 60°C for 6 hours. After returning the reaction solution to room temperature, a powdery solid was obtained by adding the reaction solution to 5000 mL of methanol. This powdery solid was repeatedly washed with methanol and water, and then dried at 100° C. for 8 hours to obtain 28.434 g of PEEK compound A represented by the following formula. The number average molecular weight calculated by GPC measurement of PEEK compound A was 2230.
Figure 02_image055

[實施例1] 混合PEEK化合物A 14份、萘型環氧樹脂(新日鐵住金化學公司製「ESN475V」、環氧當量約332g/eq.) 20份、活性酯系硬化劑(DIC公司製「HPC-8000-65T」,活性基當量223、固體成分65質量%之甲苯溶液) 30份、經無機填充材(胺系烷氧基矽烷化合物(信越化學工業公司製「KBM573」)表面處理之球形二氧化矽(Admatechs公司製「SO-C2」,平均粒徑0.5μm、比表面積5.8m2 /g) 60份,及硬化促進劑(四國化成公司製「1B2PZ」,2-苯基-1-苄基-1H-咪唑) 0.5份,使用高速旋轉混合器均勻地分散,得到樹脂塗料。[Example 1] 14 parts of PEEK compound A, naphthalene-type epoxy resin ("ESN475V" manufactured by Nippon Steel & Sumitomo Metal Chemical Co., Ltd., epoxy equivalent about 332 g/eq.), 20 parts of active ester-based hardener (manufactured by DIC Corporation) were mixed "HPC-8000-65T", active group equivalent of 223, toluene solution with solid content of 65% by mass) 30 parts, surface-treated with an inorganic filler (amine-based alkoxysilane compound ("KBM573" manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) Spherical silica ("SO-C2" manufactured by Admatechs Co., Ltd., average particle size 0.5 μm, specific surface area 5.8 m 2 /g) 60 parts, and hardening accelerator ("1B2PZ" manufactured by Shikoku Chemical Co., Ltd., 2-phenyl- 1-benzyl-1H-imidazole) 0.5 part was uniformly dispersed using a high-speed rotary mixer to obtain a resin coating.

作為支撐體,準備具備脫模層之聚對酞酸乙二酯膜(琳得科公司製「AL5」,厚度38μm)。於此支撐體之脫模層上,以乾燥後之樹脂組成物層的厚度成為40μm之方式均勻地塗佈前述樹脂塗料。之後,將樹脂塗料以80℃~100℃(平均90℃)乾燥4分鐘,得到包含支撐體及樹脂組成物層之樹脂薄片。As a support, a polyethylene terephthalate film (“AL5” manufactured by Lintec Co., Ltd., thickness 38 μm) provided with a mold release layer was prepared. On the mold release layer of this support, the resin coating material described above was uniformly applied so that the thickness of the resin composition layer after drying was 40 μm. After that, the resin coating was dried at 80° C. to 100° C. (90° C. on average) for 4 minutes to obtain a resin sheet including a support and a resin composition layer.

[實施例2] 在實施例1中,將活性酯系硬化劑(DIC公司製「HPC-8000-65T」,活性基當量223、固體成分65質量%之甲苯溶液) 30份,改成活性酯系硬化劑(DIC公司製「HPC-8150-62T」,活性基當量229、固體成分62質量%之甲苯溶液) 30份。 除以上事項以外與實施例1同樣地進行,得到樹脂塗料及樹脂薄片。[Example 2] In Example 1, 30 parts of an active ester-based hardener ("HPC-8000-65T" manufactured by DIC Corporation, toluene solution with an active group equivalent of 223 and a solid content of 65% by mass) was changed to an active-ester-based hardener (DIC). "HPC-8150-62T" manufactured by the company, 30 parts of a toluene solution with an active group equivalent of 229 and a solid content of 62% by mass. Except for the above, it carried out similarly to Example 1, and obtained the resin coating material and resin sheet.

[實施例3] 在實施例2中, 將PEEK化合物A之量由14份改成10.5份, 進而使用自由基聚合性化合物(聯苯芳烷基型馬來醯亞胺化合物(日本化藥公司製「MIR-3000-70MT」,馬來醯亞胺基當量:275g/eq.、不揮發分70%之MEK/甲苯混合溶液)) 5份。 除以上事項以外與實施例2同樣地進行,得到樹脂塗料及樹脂薄片。[Example 3] In Example 2, Change the amount of PEEK compound A from 14 parts to 10.5 parts, Furthermore, a radical polymerizable compound (biphenyl aralkyl type maleimide compound (“MIR-3000-70MT” manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., maleimide group equivalent weight: 275 g/eq., non-volatile content) was used. 70% MEK/toluene mixed solution)) 5 parts. Except for the above, it carried out similarly to Example 2, and obtained the resin coating material and resin sheet.

[實施例4] 在實施例2中, 將PEEK化合物A之量自14份改成12.6份, 進而,使用自由基聚合性化合物(Designer Molecules公司製「BMI-1500」,馬來醯亞胺基當量750g/eq.) 2份。 除以上事項以外與實施例2同樣地進行,得到樹脂塗料及樹脂薄片。[Example 4] In Example 2, Change the amount of PEEK compound A from 14 parts to 12.6 parts, Further, 2 parts of a radically polymerizable compound (“BMI-1500” manufactured by Designer Molecules, maleimide group equivalent 750 g/eq.) was used. Except for the above, it carried out similarly to Example 2, and obtained the resin coating material and resin sheet.

[實施例5] 在實施例2中, 將活性酯系硬化劑(DIC公司製「HPC-8150-62T」,活性基當量229、固體成分62質量%之甲苯溶液)之量自30份改成25份, 硬化促進劑(四國化成公司製「1B2PZ」,2-苯基-1-苄基-1H-咪唑)之量自0.5份改成0.1份, 進而,使用含有三

Figure 110124770-A0304-12-0000-4
骨架之甲酚酚醛清漆系硬化劑(DIC公司製「LA3018-50P」,羥基當量151、不揮發成分50%之1-甲氧基-2-丙醇溶液) 5份。 除以上事項以外與實施例2同樣地進行,得到樹脂塗料及樹脂薄片。[Example 5] In Example 2, the amount of the active ester-based hardener ("HPC-8150-62T" manufactured by DIC Corporation, active group equivalent 229, toluene solution with solid content of 62% by mass) was changed from 30 parts to 25 parts, the amount of the hardening accelerator ("1B2PZ" manufactured by Shikoku Chemical Co., Ltd., 2-phenyl-1-benzyl-1H-imidazole) was changed from 0.5 part to 0.1 part, and further, a compound containing three
Figure 110124770-A0304-12-0000-4
5 parts of a cresol novolak-based hardener of the skeleton ("LA3018-50P" manufactured by DIC Corporation, 1-methoxy-2-propanol solution of 151 hydroxyl equivalents and 50% nonvolatile content). Except for the above, it carried out similarly to Example 2, and obtained the resin coating material and resin sheet.

[實施例6] 在實施例2中, 將PEEK化合物A之量由14份改成10.5份, 進而,使用5份馬來醯亞胺樹脂A。 除以上事項以外與實施例2同樣地進行,得到樹脂塗料及樹脂薄片。[Example 6] In Example 2, Change the amount of PEEK compound A from 14 parts to 10.5 parts, Furthermore, 5 parts of maleimide resin A were used. Except for the above, it carried out similarly to Example 2, and obtained the resin coating material and resin sheet.

[實施例7] 在實施例1中,將活性酯系硬化劑(DIC公司製「HPC-8000-65T」,活性基當量223、固體成分65質量%之甲苯溶液) 30份,改成含有萘結構之活性酯系硬化劑(空氣・水公司製「PC1300-02-65MA」,活性基當量200、固體成分65質量%之甲基戊基酮溶液) 30份。 除以上事項以外與實施例1同樣地進行,得到樹脂塗料及樹脂薄片。[Example 7] In Example 1, 30 parts of an active ester-based hardener ("HPC-8000-65T" manufactured by DIC Corporation, toluene solution with an active group equivalent of 223 and a solid content of 65% by mass) was changed to an active ester-based hardener containing a naphthalene structure. 30 parts of curing agent ("PC1300-02-65MA" manufactured by Air & Water Corporation, methyl amyl ketone solution with an active group equivalent of 200 and a solid content of 65% by mass). Except for the above, it carried out similarly to Example 1, and obtained the resin coating material and resin sheet.

[比較例1] 在實施例2中, 不使用PEEK化合物A 14份, 將經無機填充材(胺系烷氧基矽烷化合物(信越化學工業公司製「KBM573」)表面處理之球形二氧化矽(Admatechs公司製「SO-C2」,平均粒徑0.5μm、比表面積5.8m2 /g)之量自60份改成45份。 除以上事項以外與實施例2同樣地進行,得到樹脂塗料及樹脂薄片。[Comparative Example 1] In Example 2, without using 14 parts of PEEK compound A, spherical silica ( "SO-C2" manufactured by Admatechs Co., Ltd., with an average particle size of 0.5 μm and a specific surface area of 5.8 m 2 /g) was changed from 60 parts to 45 parts. Except for the above matters, it was carried out in the same manner as in Example 2 to obtain a resin coating and resin flakes.

[比較例2] 在實施例3中, 不使用PEEK化合物A 10.5份, 將自由基聚合性化合物(聯苯芳烷基型馬來醯亞胺化合物(日本化藥公司製「MIR-3000-70MT」,馬來醯亞胺基當量:275g/eq.、不揮發分70%之MEK/甲苯混合溶液))之量自5份改成20份。 除以上事項以外與實施例3同樣地進行,得到樹脂塗料及樹脂薄片。[Comparative Example 2] In Example 3, Without PEEK Compound A 10.5 parts, A radically polymerizable compound (biphenyl aralkyl type maleimide compound (“MIR-3000-70MT” manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., maleimide group equivalent: 275 g/eq., nonvolatile content 70 The amount of % MEK/toluene mixed solution)) was changed from 5 parts to 20 parts. Except for the above, it carried out similarly to Example 3, and obtained the resin coating material and resin sheet.

[比較例3] 在實施例4中, 不使用PEEK化合物A 12.6份, 將自由基聚合性化合物(Designer Molecules公司製「BMI-1500」,馬來醯亞胺基當量750g/eq.)之量自2份改成14份。 除以上事項以外與實施例4同樣地進行,得到樹脂塗料及樹脂薄片。[Comparative Example 3] In Example 4, Without PEEK Compound A 12.6 parts, The amount of the radically polymerizable compound (“BMI-1500” manufactured by Designer Molecules, maleimide group equivalent: 750 g/eq.) was changed from 2 parts to 14 parts. Except for the above, it carried out similarly to Example 4, and obtained the resin coating material and resin sheet.

[介電特性(介電常數及介電損耗角正切)之測定] 將實施例及比較例所製作之樹脂薄片,以200℃加熱90分鐘,使樹脂組成物層熱硬化。之後,剝離支撐體,得到「樹脂組成物之硬化物A」。將此樹脂組成物之硬化物A切成寬度2mm、長度80mm之試驗片。對於該試驗片,使用Agilent technology公司製「HP8362B」,藉由空洞共振攝動法,以測定頻率5.8GHz、測定溫度23℃測定介電常數Dk及介電損耗角正切Df。對於3條試驗片進行測定,其平均值表示於下述表中。[Measurement of dielectric properties (dielectric constant and dielectric loss tangent)] The resin sheets produced in Examples and Comparative Examples were heated at 200° C. for 90 minutes to thermoset the resin composition layer. Then, the support body was peeled off, and the "hardened|cured material A of resin composition" was obtained. The cured product A of the resin composition was cut into test pieces having a width of 2 mm and a length of 80 mm. For this test piece, the dielectric constant Dk and the dielectric loss tangent Df were measured by the cavity resonance perturbation method using "HP8362B" manufactured by Agilent Technology at a measurement frequency of 5.8 GHz and a measurement temperature of 23°C. Three test pieces were measured, and the average value thereof is shown in the following table.

[鍍敷剝離強度之測定] (1)內層電路基板之基底處理: 作為內層電路基板,準備兩面具有內層回路(銅箔)之玻璃布基材環氧樹脂兩面敷銅層合板(銅箔之厚度18μm,基板厚度0.4mm,Panasonic公司製「R1515A」)。將此內層電路基板之兩面,以MEC公司製「CZ8101」蝕刻1μm,進行銅表面之粗化處理。[Measurement of Plating Peeling Strength] (1) Base treatment of inner circuit substrate: As an inner-layer circuit board, a glass cloth-based epoxy resin double-sided copper-clad laminate with inner-layer circuits (copper foils) on both sides was prepared (copper foil thickness 18 μm, substrate thickness 0.4 mm, “R1515A” manufactured by Panasonic Corporation). Both surfaces of this inner-layer circuit board were etched by 1 μm with “CZ8101” manufactured by MEC, and the copper surface was roughened.

(2)樹脂薄片之層合: 使用批次式真空加壓貼合機(Nikko Materials公司製,2階段堆積貼合機,CVP700),將樹脂薄片層合於內層電路基板之兩面。此層合,以樹脂薄片之樹脂組成物層與內層電路基板接觸之方式來實施。又,此層合,減壓30秒使氣壓成為13hPa以下,以130℃、壓力0.74MPa使其壓接45秒來實施。接著,以120℃、壓力0.5MPa進行熱壓75秒。(2) Lamination of resin sheets: The resin sheet was laminated on both surfaces of the inner-layer circuit board using a batch-type vacuum pressure laminating machine (manufactured by Nikko Materials, Inc., a two-stage stacking laminating machine, CVP700). This lamination is carried out so that the resin composition layer of the resin sheet is in contact with the inner-layer circuit board. In addition, this lamination was performed by reducing the pressure for 30 seconds to make the air pressure 13 hPa or less, and performing pressure bonding for 45 seconds at 130° C. and a pressure of 0.74 MPa. Next, hot pressing was performed at 120° C. and a pressure of 0.5 MPa for 75 seconds.

(3)樹脂組成物之硬化: 將經層合之樹脂薄片及內層電路基板以130℃加熱30分鐘,接下來以170℃加熱30分鐘,將樹脂組成物硬化,形成絕緣層。之後,剝離支撐體,得到依序具備絕緣層、內層電路基板及絕緣層之層合基板。(3) Hardening of resin composition: The laminated resin sheet and the inner layer circuit board were heated at 130° C. for 30 minutes, and then heated at 170° C. for 30 minutes to harden the resin composition to form an insulating layer. Then, the support body is peeled off, and the laminated board which has an insulating layer, an inner-layer circuit board, and an insulating layer in this order is obtained.

(4)粗化處理: 將前述之層合基板以60℃浸漬於膨潤液(Atotech Japan公司製之含有二乙二醇單丁基醚的Swelling Dip Securiganth P (二醇醚類、氫氧化鈉之水溶液))中10分鐘。接著,將層合基板以80℃浸漬於粗化液(Atotech Japan公司製之Concentrates Compact P (KMnO4 :60g/L、NaOH:40g/L之水溶液)中20分鐘。之後,將層合基板以40℃中和液浸漬於(Atotech Japan公司製之Reduction solution Securiganth P (硫酸之水溶液))中5分鐘。之後,以80℃將層合基板乾燥30分鐘,得到「評價基板A」。(4) Roughening treatment: The above-mentioned laminated substrate was immersed in a swelling solution (Swelling Dip Securiganth P (glycol ethers, sodium hydroxide containing diethylene glycol monobutyl ether made by Atotech Japan) at 60° C. aqueous solution)) for 10 minutes. Next, the laminate substrate was immersed in a roughening solution (Concentrates Compact P (KMnO 4 : 60 g/L, NaOH: 40 g/L aqueous solution) manufactured by Atotech Japan) at 80° C. for 20 minutes. After that, the laminate substrate was immersed in a The 40°C neutralization solution was immersed in (Reduction solution Seuriganth P (aqueous solution of sulfuric acid) manufactured by Atotech Japan) for 5 minutes. After that, the laminated substrate was dried at 80°C for 30 minutes to obtain an "evaluation substrate A".

(5)利用半加成工法之鍍敷: 將評價基板A以40℃浸漬於含PdCl2 之無電解鍍敷用溶液中5分鐘,接著,以25℃浸漬於無電解銅鍍敷液中20分鐘。之後,以150℃加熱30分鐘,進行退火處理。之後,形成蝕刻阻劑,進行利用蝕刻之圖型形成。之後,進行硫酸銅電解鍍敷,以20μm之厚度形成導體層。接著,以200℃進行退火處理60分鐘,得到「評價基板B」。(5) Plating by semi-additive method: The evaluation substrate A was immersed in a solution for electroless plating containing PdCl 2 at 40° C. for 5 minutes, and then immersed in an electroless copper plating solution at 25° C. for 20 minutes. minute. After that, annealing treatment was performed by heating at 150° C. for 30 minutes. After that, an etching resist is formed, and patterning by etching is performed. After that, copper sulfate electrolytic plating was performed to form a conductor layer with a thickness of 20 μm. Next, an annealing treatment was performed at 200° C. for 60 minutes to obtain an “evaluation substrate B”.

(6)鍍敷剝離強度之測定: 於評價基板B之導體層,形成包圍寬度10mm、長度100mm之矩形部分的切痕。將矩形部分之一端剝離,以抓持器(TSE公司製,AUTO COM型試驗機「AC-50C-SL」)抓持。藉由抓持器,於室溫中以50mm/分鐘的速度將前述矩形部分向垂直方向剝離,測定剝離35mm時的荷重(kgf/cm)作為鍍敷剝離強度。(6) Determination of plating peel strength: In the conductor layer of the evaluation board|substrate B, the incision which surrounded the rectangular part of width 10mm and length 100mm was formed. One end of the rectangular part was peeled off, and was held by a gripper (TSE Corporation, AUTO COM type testing machine "AC-50C-SL"). The rectangular part was peeled off in the vertical direction at a speed of 50 mm/min at room temperature by a gripper, and the load (kgf/cm) at the time of peeling 35 mm was measured as the plating peeling strength.

[表面粗度Ra之測定] 測定評價基板A之絕緣層的表面之算術平均粗度Ra。測定,使用非接觸型表面粗度計(Veeco Instruments公司製WYKO NT3300),藉由VSI模式、50倍透鏡,測定範圍定為121μm×92μm來測定。此測定,以10處測定點進行,其平均值表示於下述表中。[Measurement of surface roughness Ra] The arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface of the insulating layer of the evaluation substrate A was measured. For the measurement, a non-contact surface roughness meter (WYKO NT3300 manufactured by Veeco Instruments) was used, and the measurement range was set to 121 μm×92 μm in a VSI mode and a 50-fold lens. This measurement was performed at 10 measurement points, and the average value thereof is shown in the following table.

[玻璃轉移溫度之測定] 將樹脂組成物之硬化物A切成寬約5mm、長度約15mm之試驗片,使用動態黏彈性測定裝置(EXSTAR6000,SII NanoTechnology公司製)以拉伸加重法進行熱機械分析。將試驗片裝設於前述裝置後,以荷重200mN、升溫速度2℃/分鐘之測定條件進行測定。所得之tanδ的峰頂算出作為玻璃轉移溫度(℃)。[Measurement of glass transition temperature] The cured product A of the resin composition was cut into test pieces having a width of about 5 mm and a length of about 15 mm, and thermomechanical analysis was performed by the tensile weight method using a dynamic viscoelasticity measuring apparatus (EXSTAR6000, manufactured by SII NanoTechnology). After the test piece was installed in the aforementioned apparatus, the measurement was performed under the measurement conditions of a load of 200 mN and a temperature increase rate of 2°C/min. The peak top of the obtained tan δ was calculated as the glass transition temperature (°C).

Figure 02_image057
*表中,(A)成分之含量,表示將樹脂組成物中之樹脂成分定為100質量%時之(A)成分之含量。(E)成分之含量,表示將樹脂組成物中之不揮發成分定為100質量%時之(E)成分之含量。(C)成分/(B)成分表示(C)成分與(B)成分之量比。
Figure 02_image057
*In the table, the content of the component (A) represents the content of the component (A) when the resin component in the resin composition is 100% by mass. The content of the component (E) means the content of the component (E) when the nonvolatile content in the resin composition is set to 100% by mass. (C)component/(B)component shows the quantitative ratio of (C)component and (B)component.

Claims (15)

一種樹脂組成物,其包含(A)具有馬來醯亞胺基之聚醚醚酮化合物、 (B)環氧樹脂,及 (C)活性酯系硬化劑。A resin composition comprising (A) a polyether ether ketone compound having a maleimide group, (B) epoxy resin, and (C) Active ester type hardener. 如請求項1之樹脂組成物,其中(A)成分之數平均分子量為10000以下。The resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the number-average molecular weight of component (A) is 10,000 or less. 如請求項1之樹脂組成物,其中(A)成分於末端具有馬來醯亞胺基。The resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the component (A) has a maleimide group at the terminal. 如請求項1之樹脂組成物,其中將樹脂組成物中之樹脂成分定為100質量%時,(A)成分之含量為5質量%以上60質量%以下。The resin composition of claim 1, wherein the content of the (A) component is 5 mass % or more and 60 mass % or less when the resin component in the resin composition is 100 mass %. 如請求項1之樹脂組成物,其中(B)成分包含萘酚型環氧樹脂。The resin composition of claim 1, wherein the component (B) comprises a naphthol-type epoxy resin. 如請求項1之樹脂組成物,其中(C)成分係選自二環戊二烯型活性酯系硬化劑及萘型活性酯系硬化劑中之1種以上。The resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the component (C) is at least one selected from the group consisting of dicyclopentadiene-type active ester-based hardeners and naphthalene-type active ester-based hardeners. 如請求項1之樹脂組成物,其中進而包含(D)具有聚合性不飽和基之樹脂。The resin composition according to claim 1, further comprising (D) a resin having a polymerizable unsaturated group. 如請求項7之樹脂組成物,其中(D)成分為含有馬來醯亞胺基及芳香環之樹脂。The resin composition according to claim 7, wherein the component (D) is a resin containing a maleimide group and an aromatic ring. 如請求項1之樹脂組成物,其中進而包含(E)無機填充材。The resin composition according to claim 1, further comprising (E) an inorganic filler. 如請求項9之樹脂組成物,其中將樹脂組成物中之不揮發成分定為100質量%時,(E)成分之含量為40質量%以上65質量%以下。The resin composition of claim 9, wherein the content of the (E) component is 40 mass % or more and 65 mass % or less when the non-volatile content in the resin composition is 100 mass %. 如請求項1之樹脂組成物,其係絕緣層形成用。The resin composition according to claim 1 is for forming an insulating layer. 如請求項1之樹脂組成物,其係絕緣層形成用,該絕緣層為用以形成導體層之絕緣層。The resin composition of claim 1, which is for forming an insulating layer, and the insulating layer is an insulating layer for forming a conductor layer. 一種樹脂薄片,其包含支撐體,與設置於該支撐體上之樹脂組成物層,該樹脂組成物層包含如請求項1~12中任一項之樹脂組成物。A resin sheet comprising a support body and a resin composition layer disposed on the support body, the resin composition layer comprising the resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 12. 一種印刷配線板,其包含藉由如請求項1~12中任一項之樹脂組成物的硬化物而形成之絕緣層。A printed wiring board comprising an insulating layer formed of a cured product of the resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 12. 一種半導體裝置,其包含如請求項14之印刷配線板。A semiconductor device comprising the printed wiring board of claim 14.
TW110124770A 2020-07-29 2021-07-06 Resin composition comprising (A) a polyether ether ketone compound having a maleimide group, (B) an epoxy resin, and (C) an active ester-based curing agent TW202208473A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020-128706 2020-07-29
JP2020128706A JP2022025705A (en) 2020-07-29 2020-07-29 Resin composition

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202208473A true TW202208473A (en) 2022-03-01

Family

ID=80233402

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW110124770A TW202208473A (en) 2020-07-29 2021-07-06 Resin composition comprising (A) a polyether ether ketone compound having a maleimide group, (B) an epoxy resin, and (C) an active ester-based curing agent

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2022025705A (en)
KR (1) KR20220014836A (en)
CN (1) CN114058236A (en)
TW (1) TW202208473A (en)

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TW202342587A (en) * 2022-02-25 2023-11-01 日商味之素股份有限公司 polyether resin
JP2024047321A (en) * 2022-09-26 2024-04-05 株式会社ダイセル Curable Composition

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI773745B (en) * 2017-04-24 2022-08-11 日商味之素股份有限公司 resin composition
JP6859897B2 (en) * 2017-08-21 2021-04-14 味の素株式会社 Resin composition
JP6992333B2 (en) * 2017-09-06 2022-01-13 味の素株式会社 Resin composition
KR20190066792A (en) 2017-12-06 2019-06-14 현대자동차주식회사 A method for manufacturing a sulfide-based solid electrolyte having crystal structure of argyrodite
JP2020090570A (en) * 2018-12-03 2020-06-11 味の素株式会社 Resin composition
CN110218415B (en) * 2019-05-31 2021-07-06 广东生益科技股份有限公司 Resin composition, prepreg, laminate, metal-clad laminate, and printed wiring board

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN114058236A (en) 2022-02-18
JP2022025705A (en) 2022-02-10
KR20220014836A (en) 2022-02-07

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI783989B (en) resin composition
JP2019183070A (en) Resin composition
JP7480808B2 (en) Resin composition, resin sheet, printed wiring board and semiconductor device
JP7435695B2 (en) Resin compositions, sheet-like laminated materials, printed wiring boards and semiconductor devices
TW202208473A (en) Resin composition comprising (A) a polyether ether ketone compound having a maleimide group, (B) an epoxy resin, and (C) an active ester-based curing agent
JP2023165709A (en) resin composition
CN110016203B (en) Resin composition
JP7287418B2 (en) resin composition
JP7222414B2 (en) resin composition
JP2023083345A (en) resin composition
CN113308167B (en) Resin composition
JP7298383B2 (en) Resin composition, cured product of resin composition, resin sheet, printed wiring board and semiconductor device
JP7414143B2 (en) resin composition
JP7163605B2 (en) resin composition
CN115594944A (en) Resin composition
JP2023010409A (en) resin composition
CN116063897A (en) Resin composition